]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
tree-wide: also settle on "initrd" instead of "initial RAM disk"
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 252 in spe:
4
5 Announcement of Future Feature Removal:
6
7 * Please note that we intend to remove cgroupsv1 support from systemd
8 release after EOY 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
9 cgroupsv1 features, please implement compatibility with cgroupsv2
10 sooner rather than later, if you haven't done so yet. Most of Linux
11 userspace has been ported over already.
12
13 Compatibility Breaks:
14
15 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the = or != operator will now
16 do simple string compares (as opposed to version compare – á la
17 stverscmp() — as before, which is still done for the ordering
18 operators <, >, <=, >=). Moreover, if no operator is specified a
19 shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
20 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions, in case the *, ?,
21 [, ], characters have been used in such condition expressions before,
22 as these will now match per shell glob rules instead of
23 literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do not include
24 these characters we expect little breakage through this change.
25
26 New Features:
27
28 * systemd-measure is a new helper to precalculate PCR measurements
29 to make it easier to set TPM2 policies.
30
31 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager, and units
32
33 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units, and CPUWeight=
34 settings are applied to the top-level user slice units (app.slice,
35 background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree of resource
36 isolation between different user services competing for the CPU.
37
38 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
39 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
40 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset=. Right now it defaults
41 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
42 release.
43
44 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
45 the os image is past its end-of-support date.
46
47 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can
48 be used to skip or fail units if a certain credential is not provided.
49
50 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes.
51
52 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf
53 to specify the smack label to use when not specified in a unit file.
54
55 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used system.conf and user.conf
56 to specify the default timeout for devices.
57
58 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been configured.
59
60 * Extend [Condition|Assert]Firmware= to conditionalize on certain SMBIOS
61 fields. For example
62 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board") will
63 conditionalize a unit so that it is only run when
64 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without quotes).
65
66 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
67
68 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
69 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
70 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
71 the main specification.
72
73 * New PCRs measurements are set during boot: PCR 11 for the the
74 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images.
75
76 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the random seed,
77 providing some additional entropy.
78
79 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
80 is now supported.
81
82 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: '--all-architectures' to
83 install binaries for all supported EFI architectures, '--root=' and
84 '--image=' options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
85 '--install-source=' to specify the source for binaries to install.
86
87 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
88 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
89
90 Changes in the hardware database:
91
92 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the '--root' option.
93
94 Changes in systemctl:
95
96 * systemctl now supports '--state' and '--type' options for the 'show'
97 and 'status' verbs.
98
99 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
100 points.
101
102 Changes in systemd-networkd:
103
104 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
105 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
106
107 * networkd gained new options NFTSet=, IPv4NFTSet=, IPv6NFTSet= that
108 take names of nft sets as arguments. It will automatically add rules
109 for the subnets configured for an interface to those sets.
110
111 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
112 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
113
114 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
115
116 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
117
118 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
119
120 * libsystemd now exports the sd-netlink interface that provides
121 functions to send/receive/parse netlink and rtnl messages.
122
123 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv (a convenience function for
124 setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience function
125 for identifier comparisons), sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend (a
126 function to incrementally read string arrays).
127
128 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
129 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
130 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
131
132 Changes in other components:
133
134 * sysusers and tmpfiles configuration can now be provided via the
135 credential mechanism.
136
137 * tmpfiles can read file contents to write from a credential (and a new
138 modifier char '^' to specify that the argument is a credential name).
139 This mechanism is used to automatically populate /etc/motd, /etc/issue,
140 and /etc/hosts from credentials.
141
142 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
143 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
144 'dpkg --compare-versions').
145
146 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
147 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '_user_tmpfilesdir'.
148
149 * Detection of Parallels and KubeVirt virtualization has been improved.
150
151 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
152 user when their system will become unsupported.
153
154 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
155 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation, and
156 will hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
157 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
158
159 * systemd-sysctl gained a '--strict' option to fail when a sysctl
160 setting is unknown to the kernel.
161
162 * machinectl supports '--force' for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
163 verbs.
164
165 * openssl is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
166 is still supported.)
167
168 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new output mode
169 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic" but also shows the
170 time delta between two messages.
171
172 Experimental features:
173
174 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc.
175
176 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
177 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
178 controlled by the user ('manual' mode).
179
180 – Somewhere, sometime
181
182
183 CHANGES WITH 251:
184
185 Backwards-incompatible changes:
186
187 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
188 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
189
190 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
191 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
192
193 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
194 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
195 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
196 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
197 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
198 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
199
200 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
201 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
202 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
203
204 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
205 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
206 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
207 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
208 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
209 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
210 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
211
212 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
213 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
214 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
215 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
216 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
217 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
218 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
219 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
220 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
221 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
222 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
223 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
224 systems, there should be no visible changes.
225
226 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
227 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
228 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
229 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
230 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
231 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
232 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
233 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
234 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
235 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
236 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
237 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
238
239 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
240 of pcap.
241
242 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
243 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
244 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
245 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
246
247 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
248
249 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
250 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
251 It is apparently used by the linker now.
252
253 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
254 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
255 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
256
257 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
258 to account for this change.
259
260 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
261 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
262 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
263
264 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
265
266 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
267 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
268 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
269 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
270 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
271 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
272 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
273 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
274 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
275 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
276 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
277 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
278 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
279 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
280 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
281 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
282
283 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
284 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
285 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
286 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
287 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
288
289 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
290 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
291 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
292 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
293 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
294 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
295
296 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
297 systemd-boot boot loader.
298
299 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
300 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
301 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
302 allows choosing different initrd generators.
303
304 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
305 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
306 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
307 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
308 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
309 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
310 prepared successfully.
311
312 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
313 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
314 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
315 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
316 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
317 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
318
319 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
320 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
321 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
322 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
323
324 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
325 paths and other settings used.
326
327 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
328 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
329 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
330
331 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
332 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
333 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
334 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
335 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
336
337 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
338 menu entries in JSON format.
339
340 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
341 omit output with the new option --quiet.
342
343 Changes in systemd-homed:
344
345 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
346 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
347 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
348 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
349 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
350 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
351 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
352 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
353 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
354 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
355 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
356 uses, see:
357
358 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
359
360 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
361 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
362 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
363 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
364 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
365 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
366 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
367 context of the local system.
368
369 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
370 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
371 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
372 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
373 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
374 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
375 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
376 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
377 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
378
379 Changes in shared libraries:
380
381 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
382 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
383 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
384 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
385
386 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
387 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
388 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
389 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
390 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
391 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
392 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
393 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
394 the library.
395
396 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
397 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
398 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
399
400 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
401 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
402 object from a device node name or file system path.
403
404 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
405 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
406 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
407 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
408 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
409 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
410 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
411 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
412
413 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
414
415 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
416 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
417 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
418 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
419 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
420 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
421
422 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
423 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
424 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
425 disk image files.)
426
427 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
428
429 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
430 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
431 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
432 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
433 manager.
434
435 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
436
437 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
438 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
439 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
440
441 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
442 systemd-oomd.
443
444 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
445 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
446 unit files.
447
448 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
449 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
450
451 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
452 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
453
454 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
455 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
456 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
457 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
458 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
459 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
460 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
461 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
462
463 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
464 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
465 Condition*= settings.
466
467 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
468 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
469
470 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
471 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
472 assign to each cgroup.
473
474 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
475 devices and the associated governor, via the new
476 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
477 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
478
479 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
480 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
481
482 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
483 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
484 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
485
486 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
487 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
488 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
489 range
490
491 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
492 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
493 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
494 been completed.
495
496 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
497 environment variables set describing the execution context a
498 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
499 system service manager, or from the per-user service
500 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
501 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
502 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
503 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
504 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
505 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
506 kernel is built for.
507
508 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
509 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
510 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
511 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
512 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
513 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
514 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
515 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
516 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
517 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
518 this way can be turned off via the new
519 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
520
521 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
522 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
523 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
524 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
525 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
526 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
527 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
528 up automatically.
529
530 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
531 document:
532
533 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
534
535 Changes in systemd-journald:
536
537 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
538 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
539
540 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
541
542 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
543 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
544
545 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
546 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
547
548 Changes in udev:
549
550 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
551 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
552 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
553 default.
554
555 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
556 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
557
558 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
559 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
560
561 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
562 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
563 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
564 initialized yet, respectively.
565
566 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
567 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
568 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
569 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
570 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
571
572 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
573 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
574 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
575 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
576
577 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
578 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
579
580 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
581 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
582
583 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
584 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
585 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
586 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
587 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
588 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
589 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
590 the one in the symlink path.
591
592 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
593
594 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
595 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
596 only supported in .network files.
597
598 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
599 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
600
601 Changes in systemd-networkd:
602
603 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
604 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
605 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
606 still honored.
607
608 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
609 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
610 up.
611
612 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
613 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
614
615 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
616 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
617
618 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
619 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
620
621 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
622
623 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
624 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
625 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
626 address.
627
628 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
629 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
630 mode).
631
632 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
633 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
634
635 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
636 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
637 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
638 PXE boot).
639
640 Changes in systemd-resolved:
641
642 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
643 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
644 there.
645
646 Changes in disk encryption:
647
648 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
649 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
650 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
651
652 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
653
654 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
655 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
656 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
657
658 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
659 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
660 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
661
662 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
663
664 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
665 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
666
667 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
668 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
669 hostnamed.
670
671 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
672 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
673 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
674 firmware version of the system.
675
676 Changes in other components:
677
678 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
679 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
680 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
681 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
682 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
683
684 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
685 list of known users.
686
687 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
688 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
689 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
690
691 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
692 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
693
694 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
695 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
696 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
697 a device found.
698
699 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
700 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
701 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
702 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
703 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
704 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
705 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
706
707 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
708 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
709 $TERM).
710
711 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
712 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
713 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
714 $ meson build systemd-boot
715 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
716 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
717
718 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
719 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
720 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
721 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
722 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
723
724 Experimental features:
725
726 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
727 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
728 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
729 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
730 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
731 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
732 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
733 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
734 compatibility with the current implementation.
735
736 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
737 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
738 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
739 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
740
741 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
742 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
743 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
744 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
745 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
746 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
747 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
748 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
749 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
750 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
751 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
752 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
753 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
754 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
755 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
756 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
757 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
758 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
759 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
760 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
761 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
762 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
763 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
764 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
765 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
766 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
767 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
768 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
769 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
770 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
771 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
772 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
773 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
774 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
775 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
776 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
777 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
778
779 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
780
781 CHANGES WITH 250:
782
783 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
784 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
785 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
786 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
787 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
788 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
789 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
790 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
791 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
792 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
793 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
794
795 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
796 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
797 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
798 installation or hardware.
799
800 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
801 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
802
803 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
804 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
805 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
806 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
807 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
808 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
809 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
810
811 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
812 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
813 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
814 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
815 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
816 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
817 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
818 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
819 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
820 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
821 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
822 drop-in file mechanism).
823
824 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
825 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
826 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
827 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
828 service, or attached as system extension.
829
830 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
831 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
832 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
833 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
834 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
835
836 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
837 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
838 are supported.
839
840 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
841 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
842 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
843 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
844 systemd-binfmtd is running.
845
846 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
847 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
848 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
849 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
850 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
851 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
852 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
853 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
854 does not trigger any operation by default.
855
856 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
857 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
858 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
859 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
860 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
861 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
862 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
863 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
864
865 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
866 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
867 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
868 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
869 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
870
871 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
872 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
873 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
874 request this behavior.
875
876 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
877 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
878 time-out for the boot.
879
880 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
881 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
882 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
883 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
884 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
885 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
886 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
887 system services or the managers themselves.
888
889 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
890 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
891 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
892 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
893 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
894 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
895 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
896 group handles).
897
898 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
899 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
900
901 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
902 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
903 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
904 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
905 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
906 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
907 vs. CPUWeight.
908
909 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
910 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
911 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
912 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
913 during boot and shutdown.
914
915 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
916 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
917 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
918 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
919 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
920 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
921
922 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
923 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
924
925 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
926 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
927
928 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
929 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
930
931 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
932 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
933 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
934 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
935 variable passed to invoked processes.
936
937 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
938 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
939 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
940
941 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
942 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
943 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
944 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
945 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
946 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
947 names.
948
949 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
950 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
951 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
952 dimensions to a virtual machine.
953
954 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
955 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
956 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
957 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
958 cgroup instead.
959
960 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
961 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
962 mounting the autofs instance.
963
964 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
965 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
966 during build-time.
967
968 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
969 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
970 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
971 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
972 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
973 socket units.
974
975 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
976 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
977 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
978
979 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
980 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
981 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
982 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
983 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
984 trust as SHA256 banks.
985
986 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
987 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
988 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
989 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
990
991 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
992 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
993 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
994 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
995 instead.
996
997 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
998 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
999 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
1000 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
1001
1002 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
1003 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
1004 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
1005 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
1006 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
1007 root partition.
1008
1009 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
1010 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
1011 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
1012 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
1013 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
1014 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
1015
1016 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
1017 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
1018 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
1019 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
1020 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
1021
1022 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
1023 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
1024
1025 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
1026 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
1027
1028 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
1029 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
1030 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
1031 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
1032 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
1033 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
1034 and how to trigger it.
1035
1036 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
1037 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
1038 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
1039 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
1040 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
1041 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
1042 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
1043 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
1044 batteries.
1045
1046 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
1047 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
1048 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
1049 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
1050 against abnormal system shutdown.
1051
1052 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
1053 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
1054 directory/image instead of on the host.
1055
1056 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
1057 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
1058 actually is.
1059
1060 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
1061 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
1062 or recursively any dependent units.
1063
1064 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
1065 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
1066 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
1067 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
1068 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
1069 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
1070 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
1071 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
1072 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
1073 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
1074 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
1075
1076 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
1077
1078 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
1079 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
1080 "filesystems" commands.
1081
1082 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
1083 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
1084 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
1085 through them.
1086
1087 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
1088 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
1089 including the build-id and other info described on:
1090 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
1091
1092 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
1093 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
1094 interfaces.
1095
1096 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
1097 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
1098
1099 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
1100 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
1101 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
1102 CAN timing quanta.
1103
1104 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
1105 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
1106 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
1107 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
1108 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
1109 CAN interface.
1110
1111 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
1112 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
1113 addresses.
1114
1115 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
1116 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
1117 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
1118
1119 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
1120 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
1121 DHCP 6RD option.
1122
1123 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
1124 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
1125 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
1126
1127 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
1128 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
1129
1130 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
1131 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
1132 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
1133
1134 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
1135 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
1136 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
1137 records.
1138
1139 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
1140 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
1141 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
1142 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
1143 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
1144
1145 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
1146 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
1147 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
1148 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
1149 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
1150 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
1151 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
1152 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
1153
1154 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
1155 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
1156
1157 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
1158 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
1159 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
1160
1161 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
1162 setting to specify the router address.
1163
1164 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
1165 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
1166 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
1167 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
1168
1169 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
1170 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
1171 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
1172 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
1173 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
1174
1175 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
1176 interfaces has been improved.
1177
1178 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
1179 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
1180 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
1181 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
1182
1183 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
1184 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
1185 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
1186
1187 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
1188 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
1189 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
1190
1191 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
1192 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
1193 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
1194 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
1195
1196 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
1197 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
1198 hardware supports.
1199
1200 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
1201 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
1202
1203 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
1204 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
1205 that supports this.
1206
1207 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
1208 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
1209 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
1210 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
1211 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
1212 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
1213 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
1214
1215 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
1216 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
1217 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
1218 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
1219 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
1220 the performance win is beneficial.
1221
1222 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
1223 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
1224
1225 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
1226 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
1227 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
1228 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
1229 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
1230 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
1231 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
1232 taken to shift them manually.
1233
1234 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
1235 show the Windows version.
1236
1237 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
1238 build-time.
1239
1240 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1241 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1242 resolutions and save the last selection.
1243
1244 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1245 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1246 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1247 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1248
1249 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1250 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1251 items).
1252
1253 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1254 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1255 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1256 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1257 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1258
1259 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1260 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1261 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1262
1263 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1264 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1265 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1266 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1267 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1268
1269 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1270 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1271 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1272 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1273 kernel image.
1274
1275 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1276 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1277
1278 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1279 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1280 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1281 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1282 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1283 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1284 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1285 credentials, see above).
1286
1287 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1288 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1289 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1290
1291 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1292 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1293 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1294 Specification Type #2.
1295
1296 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1297 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1298 non-x86 architectures.
1299
1300 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1301 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1302 or just the subsequent boot).
1303
1304 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1305 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1306 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1307 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1308 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1309 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1310 layout specified in
1311 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1312 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1313 values for this variable.
1314
1315 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1316 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1317 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1318 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1319 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1320 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1321 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1322 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1323 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1324 machine-id.
1325
1326 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1327 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1328 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1329 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1330 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1331 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1332 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1333 without conflict.
1334
1335 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1336 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1337 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1338 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1339 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1340 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1341 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1342 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1343 installations that use the bls layout.
1344
1345 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1346
1347 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1348 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1349 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1350 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1351 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1352 attached under a wrong name this way.
1353
1354 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1355 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1356 default 'add').
1357
1358 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1359 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1360
1361 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1362 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1363 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1364 be accessible to regular users.
1365
1366 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1367 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1368 they point (front or back).
1369
1370 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1371 added to hwdb.
1372
1373 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1374 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1375
1376 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1377 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1378 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1379 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1380 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1381 sources to introduce new named schemes.
1382
1383 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1384 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1385
1386 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
1387 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
1388 support).
1389
1390 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
1391 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
1392 --cgroup-id= switches.)
1393
1394 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
1395 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
1396
1397 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
1398 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
1399 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
1400
1401 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
1402 forked, sandboxed process.
1403
1404 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
1405 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
1406 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
1407 reason it was not tried again.
1408
1409 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
1410 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
1411 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
1412 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
1413 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
1414 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
1415
1416 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
1417 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
1418 homectl switch.
1419
1420 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
1421 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
1422 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
1423 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
1424 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
1425 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
1426 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
1427 system trees is no longer necessary.
1428
1429 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
1430 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
1431 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
1432
1433 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
1434 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
1435 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
1436 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
1437 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
1438 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
1439
1440 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
1441 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
1442 by default.
1443
1444 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
1445 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
1446 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
1447 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
1448 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
1449 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
1450
1451 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
1452 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
1453 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
1454 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
1455 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
1456 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
1457 precisely.
1458
1459 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
1460 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
1461 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
1462 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
1463 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
1464 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
1465 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
1466 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
1467 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
1468
1469 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
1470 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
1471 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
1472 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
1473 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
1474 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
1475 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
1476 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
1477 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
1478 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
1479 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
1480 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
1481
1482 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
1483 to use when outputting user or group records.
1484
1485 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
1486 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
1487 record resolution logic.
1488
1489 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
1490 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
1491 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
1492 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
1493 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
1494 other also configured in the command line.
1495
1496 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
1497 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
1498 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
1499 watch.
1500
1501 * The sd-event API gained a new function
1502 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
1503 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
1504 leaves the rate limiting phase.
1505
1506 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
1507 to port systemd to a new architecture:
1508
1509 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
1510
1511 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
1512 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
1513
1514 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
1515 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
1516 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
1517 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
1518 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
1519 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
1520 shutdown.
1521
1522 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
1523 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
1524 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
1525 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
1526 environments.
1527
1528 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
1529 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
1530 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
1531 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
1532 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
1533 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
1534 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
1535 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
1536 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
1537 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
1538 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
1539
1540 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
1541 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
1542 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
1543 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
1544
1545 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
1546 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
1547
1548 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
1549
1550 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
1551 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
1552 appropriate primary group.
1553
1554 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
1555
1556 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
1557
1558 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
1559 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
1560 work.
1561
1562 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
1563 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
1564
1565 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
1566 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
1567
1568 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
1569 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
1570
1571 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
1572 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
1573 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
1574 that have compression enabled.
1575
1576 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
1577 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
1578 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
1579 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
1580
1581 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
1582 messages.
1583
1584 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
1585 corruption.
1586
1587 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
1588 scheduled shutdown.
1589
1590 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
1591 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
1592 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
1593 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
1594
1595 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
1596 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
1597 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
1598 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
1599 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
1600 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1601 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
1602 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
1603 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
1604 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
1605 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
1606 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
1607 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
1608 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
1609 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
1610 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
1611 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
1612 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
1613 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
1614 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
1615 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
1616 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
1617 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
1618 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
1619 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
1620 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
1621 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
1622 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
1623 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
1624 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
1625 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
1626 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
1627 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
1628 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
1629 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
1630 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
1631 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
1632 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
1633 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
1634 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
1635 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
1636 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
1637 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
1638 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
1639 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1640 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1641
1642 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
1643
1644 CHANGES WITH 249:
1645
1646 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
1647 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
1648 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
1649 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
1650 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
1651 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
1652 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
1653 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
1654 a matching version identifier.
1655
1656 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
1657 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
1658 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
1659 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
1660 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
1661 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
1662 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
1663 during first boot. Example:
1664
1665 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
1666
1667 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
1668 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
1669 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
1670 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
1671 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
1672
1673 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
1674 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
1675 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
1676 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
1677 /etc/).
1678
1679 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
1680 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
1681 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
1682 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
1683
1684 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
1685 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
1686 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
1687 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
1688 systemd-sysusers tools.
1689
1690 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
1691 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
1692 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
1693 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
1694 itself.
1695
1696 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1697 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
1698 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
1699 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
1700 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
1701 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
1702 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
1703 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
1704 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
1705 immediately, even in read-only mode.
1706
1707 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
1708 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
1709 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
1710 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
1711 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
1712
1713 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1714 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
1715 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
1716 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
1717 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
1718
1719 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
1720 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
1721 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
1722 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
1723 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
1724 specifiers.
1725
1726 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
1727 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
1728 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
1729 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
1730
1731 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
1732 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
1733 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
1734 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
1735 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
1736 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
1737 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
1738 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
1739 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
1740 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
1741 information, see:
1742
1743 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
1744
1745 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
1746 (IEEE 1394).
1747
1748 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
1749 backwards-incompatible changes:
1750
1751 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
1752 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
1753 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
1754 number.
1755
1756 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
1757 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
1758 where values up to 65535 are used.
1759
1760 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
1761
1762 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
1763 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
1764 command line parameter.
1765
1766 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
1767 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
1768 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
1769
1770 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
1771 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
1772 the udev device first appeared in the database.
1773
1774 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
1775 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
1776 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
1777 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
1778 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
1779 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
1780 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
1781 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
1782 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
1783 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
1784 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
1785 uevent.
1786
1787 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
1788 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
1789 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
1790 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
1791 index.
1792
1793 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
1794 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
1795 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
1796 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
1797 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
1798 for that official:
1799
1800 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
1801
1802 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
1803 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
1804 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
1805 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
1806 services into them.
1807
1808 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
1809 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
1810 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
1811 available on private domains.
1812
1813 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
1814
1815 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
1816 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
1817 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
1818
1819 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
1820 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
1821 connectivity.
1822
1823 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
1824 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
1825 consider an interface "online".
1826
1827 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
1828 information.
1829
1830 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
1831 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
1832
1833 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
1834 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
1835
1836 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
1837 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
1838 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
1839 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
1840
1841 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
1842 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
1843 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
1844 before.
1845
1846 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
1847 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
1848 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
1849 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
1850
1851 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
1852 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
1853 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
1854
1855 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
1856 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
1857 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
1858 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
1859 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
1860 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
1861 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
1862
1863 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
1864 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
1865 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
1866 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
1867 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
1868 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
1869 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
1870 compatibility.)
1871
1872 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
1873 files.
1874
1875 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
1876 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
1877 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
1878 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
1879
1880 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
1881 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
1882 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
1883 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
1884 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
1885 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
1886
1887 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
1888 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
1889 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
1890 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
1891 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
1892 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
1893 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
1894 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
1895 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
1896 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
1897 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
1898 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
1899 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
1900 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
1901 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
1902
1903 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1904
1905 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
1906 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
1907 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
1908 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
1909 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
1910 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
1911 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
1912
1913 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
1914 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
1915 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
1916 via BPF.
1917
1918 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
1919 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
1920 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
1921 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
1922
1923 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
1924 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
1925 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
1926 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
1927 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
1928 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
1929
1930 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
1931 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
1932 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
1933 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
1934 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
1935 program code that can consume JSON.
1936
1937 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
1938 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
1939
1940 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
1941 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
1942 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
1943 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
1944 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
1945 continue to be supported for compatibility.
1946
1947 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
1948 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
1949
1950 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
1951 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
1952 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
1953 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
1954 level.
1955
1956 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
1957 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
1958 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
1959 Type 1 boot loader entries.
1960
1961 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
1962 may be specified now.
1963
1964 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
1965 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
1966 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
1967 an interactive user is generally not present.
1968
1969 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
1970 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
1971 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
1972 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
1973 asterisks.)
1974
1975 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
1976 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
1977 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
1978 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
1979 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
1980 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
1981 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
1982 used FIDO2 token.
1983
1984 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
1985 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
1986 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
1987 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
1988 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
1989 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
1990 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
1991
1992 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
1993 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
1994 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
1995 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
1996 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
1997 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
1998 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
1999 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
2000 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
2001 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
2002 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
2003 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
2004 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
2005 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
2006 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
2007 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
2008 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
2009 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
2010 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
2011 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
2012 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
2013 privileges on the host).
2014
2015 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
2016 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
2017 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
2018
2019 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
2020 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
2021 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
2022 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
2023 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
2024 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
2025 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
2026 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
2027 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
2028
2029 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
2030 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
2031 user database lookups.
2032
2033 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
2034 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
2035 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
2036 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
2037 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
2038 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
2039 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
2040 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
2041 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
2042 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
2043 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
2044 is trivially simple.
2045
2046 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
2047 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
2048 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
2049 Journal records.
2050
2051 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
2052 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
2053 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
2054 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
2055 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
2056 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
2057 units that are members of a slice.
2058
2059 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
2060 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
2061 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
2062 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
2063
2064 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
2065 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
2066 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
2067 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
2068 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
2069 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
2070
2071 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
2072 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
2073 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
2074 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
2075 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
2076 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
2077 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
2078 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
2079 another unit that intends to uphold it.
2080
2081 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
2082 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
2083
2084 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
2085 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
2086 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
2087
2088 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
2089 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
2090 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
2091 characters literally.
2092
2093 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
2094 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
2095 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
2096 switch.
2097
2098 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
2099 the systemd source code tree:
2100
2101 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
2102
2103 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
2104 the initrd.
2105
2106 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
2107 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
2108 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
2109
2110 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
2111 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
2112 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
2113 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
2114
2115 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
2116 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
2117 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
2118 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
2119 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
2120 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
2121 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
2122 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
2123
2124 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
2125 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
2126
2127 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
2128 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
2129 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
2130 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
2131
2132 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
2133 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
2134 generation.
2135
2136 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
2137 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
2138 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
2139
2140 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
2141 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
2142
2143 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
2144 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
2145 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
2146
2147 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
2148 setting a network timeout time.
2149
2150 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
2151 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
2152 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
2153
2154 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
2155 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
2156 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
2157 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
2158 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
2159 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
2160 that.
2161
2162 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
2163 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
2164 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
2165 events in a short time window.
2166
2167 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2168 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
2169 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
2170 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
2171 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
2172 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
2173 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
2174 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
2175 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
2176 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
2177 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
2178 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
2179 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
2180 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
2181 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
2182 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
2183 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
2184 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
2185 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
2186 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
2187 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
2188 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
2189 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
2190 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
2191 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
2192 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
2193 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
2194 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
2195 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
2196 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
2197 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
2198
2199 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
2200
2201 CHANGES WITH 248:
2202
2203 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
2204 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
2205 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
2206 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
2207 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
2208 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
2209
2210 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
2211 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
2212 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
2213
2214 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
2215 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
2216 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
2217
2218 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
2219 supported system extension level.
2220
2221 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
2222 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
2223 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
2224 constraints.
2225
2226 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
2227 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
2228 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
2229
2230 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
2231 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
2232 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
2233 similar to /etc/crypttab.
2234
2235 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
2236 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
2237
2238 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
2239 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
2240 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2241 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2242 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2243
2244 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2245 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2246 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2247 user.
2248
2249 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2250 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2251 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2252 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2253 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2254 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2255 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2256 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2257
2258 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2259 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2260 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2261 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2262 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2263
2264 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2265 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2266 D-Bus properties.
2267
2268 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2269 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2270 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2271 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2272 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2273 shows this in the status output.
2274
2275 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2276 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2277 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2278 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2279 the need for configuration in an external file.
2280
2281 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2282 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2283 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2284
2285 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2286 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2287 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2288
2289 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2290 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2291 them. See:
2292
2293 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2294
2295 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2296
2297 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2298 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2299 dependency.
2300
2301 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2302 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2303 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2304
2305 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2306 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2307 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2308 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2309 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2310 output and such.
2311
2312 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2313 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2314
2315 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2316 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2317
2318 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2319 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2320 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2321 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2322
2323 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2324 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2325 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2326 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2327
2328 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2329 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2330 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2331
2332 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2333 IPC namespace.
2334
2335 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2336 generated from kernel lists exported on
2337 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2338
2339 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2340 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2341 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2342
2343 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2344 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2345 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2346 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2347
2348 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2349 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2350 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2351
2352 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2353 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2354 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2355 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2356
2357 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2358 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2359
2360 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2361 noexec for parts of the file system.
2362
2363 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2364 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2365 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2366 systemctl and similar tools:
2367
2368 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2369
2370 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2371 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2372 the host itself is connected to
2373
2374 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2375
2376 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2377 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2378 parameter: the message to send.
2379
2380 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2381 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2382 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2383
2384 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2385 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2386
2387 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
2388 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
2389
2390 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
2391 queue to be configured.
2392
2393 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
2394 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
2395 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
2396
2397 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
2398 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
2399 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
2400 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
2401 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
2402 .network files.
2403
2404 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
2405 switch to select the routing policy table.
2406
2407 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
2408 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
2409
2410 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
2411 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
2412 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
2413 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
2414 added.
2415
2416 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
2417 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
2418
2419 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
2420 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
2421
2422 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
2423 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
2424 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
2425 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
2426
2427 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
2428 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
2429 devices.
2430
2431 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
2432 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
2433 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
2434
2435 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
2436 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
2437 even a single device.
2438
2439 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
2440 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
2441 systems.
2442
2443 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
2444 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
2445
2446 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
2447 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
2448 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
2449 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
2450 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
2451
2452 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
2453 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
2454
2455 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
2456 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
2457 libfprint.
2458
2459 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
2460 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
2461 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
2462 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
2463 the upstream server.
2464
2465 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
2466 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
2467 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
2468 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
2469 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
2470 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
2471 anyway.
2472
2473 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
2474 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
2475 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
2476
2477 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
2478 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
2479 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
2480 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
2481 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
2482 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
2483 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
2484 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
2485 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
2486 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
2487 lookup.
2488
2489 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
2490 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
2491 capabilities passed to the container payload.
2492
2493 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
2494 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
2495 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
2496 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
2497 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
2498 IPv4-only).
2499
2500 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
2501 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
2502 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
2503
2504 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
2505 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
2506
2507 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
2508 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
2509 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
2510 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
2511 units.
2512
2513 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
2514 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
2515 operation, but it is still recommended.
2516
2517 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
2518 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
2519
2520 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
2521 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
2522
2523 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
2524 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
2525 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
2526
2527 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
2528 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
2529 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
2530
2531 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
2532 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
2533 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
2534 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
2535 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
2536 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
2537 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
2538 imported into the manager environment block.
2539
2540 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
2541 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
2542 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
2543
2544 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
2545 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
2546 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
2547 reloaded "↻".
2548
2549 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
2550 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
2551 a simple JSON format.
2552
2553 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
2554 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
2555 process signals and their numbers.
2556
2557 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
2558
2559 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
2560 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
2561
2562 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
2563 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
2564 colors are used in output.
2565
2566 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
2567 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
2568 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
2569 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
2570 disable this output again.
2571
2572 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
2573 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
2574 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
2575 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
2576
2577 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
2578 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
2579 recommended.
2580
2581 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
2582 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
2583 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
2584 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
2585 the keymap file first.
2586
2587 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
2588
2589 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
2590 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
2591 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
2592
2593 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
2594 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
2595 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
2596 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
2597
2598 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
2599 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
2600 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
2601 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
2602 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
2603 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
2604
2605 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
2606 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
2607 headers/legends.
2608
2609 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
2610 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
2611 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
2612 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
2613 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
2614 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
2615 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
2616 operations at a later step at once.
2617
2618 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
2619 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
2620 to regular strings.
2621
2622 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
2623 and measured the boot process into it.
2624
2625 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
2626 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
2627 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
2628 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
2629
2630 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
2631 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
2632 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
2633 it assigns the container a cgroup.
2634
2635 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
2636 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
2637
2638 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
2639 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
2640
2641 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
2642 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
2643 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
2644 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
2645 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
2646 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
2647 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
2648 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
2649 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
2650 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
2651 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
2652 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
2653 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
2654 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
2655 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
2656 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
2657 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
2658 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
2659 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
2660 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
2661 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
2662 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
2663 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
2664 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
2665 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
2666 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
2667 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
2668 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
2669 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
2670 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
2671 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
2672 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
2673 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
2674 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
2675 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
2676 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2677 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
2678
2679 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
2680
2681 CHANGES WITH 247:
2682
2683 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
2684 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
2685 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
2686 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
2687 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
2688 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
2689 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
2690 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
2691 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
2692 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
2693 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
2694 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
2695 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
2696 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
2697 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
2698
2699 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
2700 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
2701 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
2702 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
2703 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
2704 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
2705 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
2706 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
2707 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
2708 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
2709 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
2710 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
2711 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
2712 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
2713 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
2714
2715 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
2716 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
2717 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
2718 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
2719 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
2720 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
2721 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
2722 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
2723 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
2724 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
2725
2726 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
2727 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
2728 handle the new events. Specifically:
2729
2730 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
2731 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
2732 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
2733 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
2734 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
2735 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
2736 generated, for all other device types this change is still
2737 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
2738 future kernel uevent type additions).
2739
2740 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
2741 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
2742 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
2743 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
2744 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
2745 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
2746 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
2747 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
2748 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
2749 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
2750 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
2751 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
2752
2753 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
2754 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
2755 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
2756 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
2757 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
2758 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
2759 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
2760 above).
2761
2762 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
2763 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
2764 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
2765 behaviour change.
2766
2767 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
2768 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
2769 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
2770 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
2771 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
2772 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
2773 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
2774 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
2775 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
2776 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
2777 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
2778 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
2779 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
2780 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
2781 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
2782 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
2783 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
2784 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
2785 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
2786 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
2787 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
2788 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
2789 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
2790 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
2791 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
2792 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
2793
2794 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
2795 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
2796 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
2797 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
2798 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
2799
2800 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
2801 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
2802 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
2803 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
2804 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
2805 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
2806 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
2807 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
2808 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
2809 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
2810 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
2811 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
2812 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
2813
2814 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
2815 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
2816 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
2817 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
2818 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
2819 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
2820 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
2821 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
2822 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
2823 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
2824 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
2825 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
2826 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
2827 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
2828 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
2829 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
2830 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
2831 they now are optional during runtime.
2832
2833 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
2834 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
2835 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
2836 which installs absolute timers.
2837
2838 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
2839 mode, which may be controlled via the new
2840 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
2841 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
2842 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
2843 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
2844 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
2845 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
2846 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
2847 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
2848
2849 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
2850 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
2851 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
2852 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
2853 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
2854 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
2855 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
2856 dispatched).
2857
2858 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
2859 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
2860 the RootImage= setting.
2861
2862 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
2863 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
2864 to the service.
2865
2866 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
2867 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
2868 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
2869 different for different units).
2870
2871 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
2872 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
2873 options.
2874
2875 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
2876 --json= switch.
2877
2878 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
2879 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
2880 authentication request.
2881
2882 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
2883 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
2884 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
2885 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
2886 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
2887 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
2888 empty.
2889
2890 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
2891 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
2892 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
2893 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
2894 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
2895 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
2896 image to be applied onto the image.
2897
2898 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
2899 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
2900 in OS disk images.
2901
2902 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
2903 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
2904 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
2905 other output modes.
2906
2907 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
2908 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
2909 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
2910 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
2911
2912 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
2913 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
2914 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
2915 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
2916 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
2917 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
2918 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
2919 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
2920 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
2921 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
2922
2923 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
2924 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
2925 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
2926 recursively to whole subtrees.
2927
2928 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
2929 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
2930 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
2931 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
2932 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
2933 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
2934 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
2935 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
2936
2937 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
2938 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
2939 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
2940 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
2941 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
2942 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
2943 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
2944 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
2945 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
2946 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
2947 system asks for a password.
2948
2949 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
2950 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
2951 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
2952 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
2953 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
2954 up.
2955
2956 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
2957 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
2958 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
2959
2960 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
2961 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
2962 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
2963 virtualization.
2964
2965 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
2966 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
2967 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
2968 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
2969 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
2970 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
2971 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
2972 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
2973 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
2974 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
2975 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
2976 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
2977 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
2978 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
2979 directories:
2980
2981 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
2982
2983 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
2984 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
2985 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
2986
2987 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
2988 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
2989 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
2990 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
2991
2992 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
2993 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
2994
2995 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
2996 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
2997 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
2998 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
2999 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
3000 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
3001 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
3002 applications.
3003
3004 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
3005 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
3006 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
3007 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
3008 build time.
3009
3010 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
3011 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
3012 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
3013 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
3014 system call filter policy.
3015
3016 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
3017 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
3018 filtering is turned off.
3019
3020 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
3021 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
3022 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
3023 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
3024 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
3025 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
3026 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
3027 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
3028 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
3029
3030 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
3031 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
3032 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
3033 exited.
3034
3035 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
3036 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
3037
3038 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
3039 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
3040 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
3041 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
3042 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
3043 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
3044 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
3045 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
3046 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
3047 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
3048 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
3049 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
3050 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
3051 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
3052 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
3053 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
3054 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
3055 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
3056 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
3057 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
3058 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
3059 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
3060
3061 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
3062 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
3063 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
3064 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
3065 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
3066 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
3067 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
3068 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
3069 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
3070 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
3071 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
3072 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
3073 aforementioned service settings.
3074
3075 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
3076 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
3077 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
3078 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
3079 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
3080 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
3081 and populated — there is no time window where they are
3082 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
3083 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
3084 will start from the beginning.
3085
3086 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
3087 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
3088 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
3089 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
3090
3091 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
3092 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
3093 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
3094 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
3095 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
3096 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
3097 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
3098 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
3099 on, including in the initrd.
3100
3101 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
3102 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
3103 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
3104 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
3105
3106 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
3107 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
3108 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
3109 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
3110 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
3111
3112 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
3113 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
3114 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
3115 this property in its status output.
3116
3117 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
3118 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
3119 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
3120 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
3121 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
3122 more similarly to nss-resolve.
3123
3124 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
3125 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
3126 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
3127 ctime.
3128
3129 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
3130 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
3131
3132 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
3133 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
3134 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
3135 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
3136 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
3137 having to rebuild systemd.
3138
3139 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
3140 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
3141 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
3142 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
3143 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
3144 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
3145 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
3146 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
3147
3148 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
3149 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
3150 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
3151 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
3152 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
3153 hardlinks.
3154
3155 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
3156 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
3157 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
3158
3159 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
3160 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
3161 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
3162 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
3163
3164 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
3165 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
3166
3167 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
3168 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
3169 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
3170 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
3171 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
3172
3173 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
3174 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
3175 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
3176 compatibility).
3177
3178 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
3179 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
3180 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
3181 prefix will be assigned.
3182
3183 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
3184 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
3185 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
3186 The setting is enabled by default.
3187
3188 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
3189 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
3190
3191 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
3192 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
3193 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
3194 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
3195 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
3196 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
3197 debuggable.
3198
3199 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
3200 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
3201 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
3202 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
3203
3204 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
3205 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
3206
3207 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
3208 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
3209 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
3210 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
3211 environments where the root file system is
3212 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
3213 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
3214
3215 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
3216 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
3217 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
3218 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
3219 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
3220 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
3221 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
3222 later).
3223
3224 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
3225 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
3226 working with heavily threaded programs.
3227
3228 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
3229 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
3230 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
3231 desirable.
3232
3233 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
3234 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
3235 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
3236 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
3237 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
3238 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
3239
3240 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3241 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3242 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3243 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3244 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3245
3246 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3247 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3248 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3249 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3250 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3251 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3252 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3253 promises.
3254
3255 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3256 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3257 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3258 promises.
3259
3260 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3261 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3262 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3263 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3264 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3265 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3266 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3267 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3268 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3269
3270 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3271 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3272 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3273 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3274 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3275 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3276 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3277 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3278 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3279
3280 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3281 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3282 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3283 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3284 like this.
3285
3286 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3287 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3288 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3289 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3290 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3291 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3292 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3293 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3294 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3295
3296 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3297 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3298 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3299 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3300 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3301 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3302 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3303 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3304 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3305 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3306 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3307 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3308 appropriately.
3309
3310 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3311 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3312 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3313 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3314 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3315 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3316
3317 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3318 contents in commented form in the text editor.
3319
3320 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3321 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3322 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3323 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3324 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3325 protections for the different slices in the future.
3326
3327 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3328 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3329 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3330 image dissection logic.
3331
3332 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3333 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3334 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3335 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3336 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3337 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3338 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3339 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3340 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3341 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3342 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3343 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3344 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3345 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3346 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3347 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3348 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3349 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3350 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3351 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3352 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3353 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3354 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3355 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3356 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3357 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3358 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3359 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3360 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3361 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3362 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3363 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3364 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3365
3366 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3367
3368 CHANGES WITH 246:
3369
3370 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3371 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3372 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3373
3374 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3375 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3376
3377 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3378 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3379 based on the NUMA mask.
3380
3381 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3382 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3383 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3384
3385 * Two new unit file settings
3386 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
3387 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
3388 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
3389 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
3390
3391 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
3392 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
3393 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
3394 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
3395 instance).
3396
3397 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
3398 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
3399 service's processes shall include.
3400
3401 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
3402 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
3403 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
3404 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
3405
3406 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
3407 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
3408 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
3409 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
3410 depending on socket type.
3411
3412 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
3413 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
3414 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
3415 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
3416 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
3417 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
3418 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
3419 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
3420 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
3421 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
3422
3423 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
3424 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
3425 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
3426 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
3427 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
3428 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
3429 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
3430 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
3431
3432 * .service unit files gained two new options
3433 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
3434 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
3435 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
3436
3437 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
3438 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
3439 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
3440 prefix is used.
3441
3442 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
3443 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
3444 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
3445 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
3446 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
3447 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
3448 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
3449 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
3450 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
3451 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
3452 key/certificate parameters support this now.
3453
3454 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
3455 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
3456 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
3457 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
3458 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
3459 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
3460
3461 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
3462 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
3463 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
3464 finally gone now.
3465
3466 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
3467 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
3468 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
3469 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
3470
3471 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
3472 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
3473 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
3474 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
3475 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
3476 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
3477 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
3478 which is quite likely a major security problem.
3479
3480 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
3481 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
3482 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
3483 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
3484 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
3485
3486 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
3487 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
3488 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
3489 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
3490 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
3491
3492 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
3493 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
3494 boot.
3495
3496 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
3497 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
3498 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
3499 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
3500 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
3501 device.
3502
3503 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
3504 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
3505 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
3506
3507 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
3508 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
3509 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
3510 conditions.
3511
3512 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
3513 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
3514 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
3515 in order to make test cases more reliable.
3516
3517 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
3518 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
3519 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
3520 the process that faulted.
3521
3522 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
3523 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
3524 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
3525
3526 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
3527 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
3528 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
3529 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
3530 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
3531
3532 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
3533 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
3534 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
3535 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
3536 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
3537
3538 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
3539 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
3540 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
3541 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
3542 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
3543
3544 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
3545 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
3546 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
3547 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
3548 frame ring buffer sizes.
3549
3550 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
3551 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
3552
3553 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
3554 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
3555
3556 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
3557 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
3558 automatically assigned to the interface.
3559
3560 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
3561 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
3562 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
3563 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
3564 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
3565 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
3566 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
3567 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
3568 mode for Assign=.
3569
3570 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
3571 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
3572 source addresses.
3573
3574 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
3575 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
3576 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
3577 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
3578 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
3579 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
3580 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
3581 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
3582 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
3583 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
3584
3585 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
3586 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
3587 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
3588 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
3589 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
3590 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
3591 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
3592
3593 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
3594 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
3595 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
3596 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
3597 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
3598 the RA packets suggest it.
3599
3600 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
3601 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
3602 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
3603 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
3604
3605 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
3606 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
3607 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
3608 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
3609 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
3610 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
3611 field.
3612
3613 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
3614 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
3615 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
3616 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
3617 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
3618 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
3619
3620 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
3621 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
3622
3623 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
3624 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
3625 the VLAN protocol to use.
3626
3627 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
3628 of the .network files, to control the link group.
3629
3630 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
3631 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
3632 link local address is generated.
3633
3634 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
3635 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
3636 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
3637 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
3638 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
3639 carefully picking an interface name to use.
3640
3641 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
3642 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
3643
3644 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
3645 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
3646
3647 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
3648 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
3649 are still understood to provide compatibility.
3650
3651 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
3652 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
3653 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
3654 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
3655 interfaces up or down.
3656
3657 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
3658 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
3659 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
3660 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
3661 interface may be specified (after "%").
3662
3663 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
3664 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
3665 public DNS servers are not used.
3666
3667 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
3668
3669 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
3670 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
3671 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
3672 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
3673 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
3674 defined by systemd-resolved).
3675
3676 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
3677 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
3678 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
3679
3680 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
3681 --property=…".
3682
3683 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
3684 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
3685 use --plain.
3686
3687 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
3688 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
3689 being deprecated in favor of this option.
3690
3691 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
3692 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
3693 process itself.
3694
3695 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
3696 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
3697 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
3698 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
3699 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
3700 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
3701 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
3702 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
3703 implementations.
3704
3705 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
3706 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
3707 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
3708 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
3709 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
3710 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
3711 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
3712 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
3713 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
3714
3715 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
3716 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
3717 initialization.
3718
3719 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
3720 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
3721 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
3722
3723 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
3724 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
3725 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
3726 without any decoration.
3727
3728 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
3729 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
3730 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
3731 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
3732 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
3733 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
3734
3735 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
3736 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
3737 coredump data from.
3738
3739 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
3740 the zstd algorithm.
3741
3742 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
3743 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
3744 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
3745 not block clean file system unmounting.
3746
3747 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
3748 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
3749 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
3750
3751 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
3752 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
3753 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
3754 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
3755
3756 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
3757 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
3758
3759 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
3760 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
3761 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
3762 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
3763 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
3764 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
3765 instead of operating on actual block devices.
3766
3767 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
3768 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
3769
3770 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
3771 instead of 0.
3772
3773 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
3774 specifier expansion.
3775
3776 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
3777 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
3778 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
3779 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
3780 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
3781
3782 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
3783 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
3784 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
3785 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
3786 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
3787
3788 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
3789 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
3790 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
3791 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
3792 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
3793 --fido2-device= option.
3794
3795 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
3796 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
3797 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
3798 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
3799 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
3800 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
3801 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
3802
3803 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
3804 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
3805 changed from ext2 to ext4.
3806
3807 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
3808 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
3809 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
3810 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
3811 before the system continues to boot.
3812
3813 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
3814 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
3815 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
3816 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
3817 instead of at installation time.
3818
3819 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
3820 volumes with automatically from files in
3821 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
3822 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
3823
3824 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
3825 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
3826
3827 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
3828 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
3829 instance.
3830
3831 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
3832 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
3833 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
3834 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
3835
3836 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
3837 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
3838
3839 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
3840 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
3841 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
3842 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
3843 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
3844 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
3845 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
3846 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
3847 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
3848 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
3849 incremental).
3850
3851 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
3852 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
3853 which it then operates.
3854
3855 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
3856 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
3857 directories for various resources.
3858
3859 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
3860 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
3861 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
3862 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
3863 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
3864 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
3865 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
3866 via the new --no-block switch.
3867
3868 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
3869 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
3870 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
3871 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
3872 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
3873 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
3874 case.
3875
3876 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
3877 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
3878 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
3879 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
3880
3881 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
3882 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
3883 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
3884 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
3885 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
3886
3887 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
3888 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
3889 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
3890 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
3891 vtable is associated with.
3892
3893 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
3894 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
3895 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
3896 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
3897
3898 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
3899 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
3900 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
3901
3902 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
3903
3904 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
3905 document the methods, signals and properties.
3906
3907 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
3908 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
3909 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
3910 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
3911 desktops has been added:
3912
3913 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
3914 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
3915 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
3916
3917 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
3918 and has now moved to:
3919
3920 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
3921
3922 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
3923 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
3924 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
3925 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
3926 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
3927 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
3928 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
3929
3930 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
3931 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
3932 target of the service during runtime.
3933
3934 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
3935 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
3936 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
3937
3938 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
3939 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
3940 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
3941 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
3942 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
3943 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
3944 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
3945 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
3946 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
3947 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
3948 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
3949 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3950 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
3951 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
3952 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
3953 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
3954 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
3955 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
3956 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
3957 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
3958 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
3959 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
3960 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
3961 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
3962 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
3963 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
3964 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
3965 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
3966 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
3967 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
3968 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
3969 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
3970 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
3971 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
3972 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
3973 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
3974 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3975 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3976
3977 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
3978
3979 CHANGES WITH 245:
3980
3981 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
3982 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
3983 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
3984 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
3985 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
3986 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
3987 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
3988 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
3989 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
3990 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
3991 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
3992 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
3993 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
3994 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
3995 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
3996 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
3997 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
3998 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
3999 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
4000 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
4001 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
4002
4003 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
4004 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
4005 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
4006 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
4007 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
4008 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
4009 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
4010 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
4011 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
4012 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
4013 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
4014 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
4015 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
4016 that for the first time resource management and various other
4017 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
4018 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
4019 to apply on login. For further details see:
4020
4021 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
4022 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
4023 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
4024
4025 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
4026 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
4027 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
4028 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
4029 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
4030 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
4031 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
4032 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
4033 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
4034
4035 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
4036
4037 For further details about the format and expectations on home
4038 directories this new daemon makes, see:
4039
4040 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
4041
4042 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
4043 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
4044 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
4045 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
4046 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
4047 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
4048 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
4049 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
4050 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
4051 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
4052 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
4053 usage limitations and other settings.
4054
4055 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
4056 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
4057 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
4058 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
4059 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
4060 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
4061 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
4062 resource usage.
4063
4064 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
4065 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
4066
4067 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
4068 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
4069 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
4070 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
4071 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
4072
4073 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
4074 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
4075 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
4076 itself and the default for all other processes.
4077
4078 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
4079 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
4080 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
4081 database into account.
4082
4083 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
4084 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
4085 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
4086 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
4087
4088 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
4089 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
4090 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
4091 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
4092 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
4093 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
4094 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
4095 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
4096 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
4097 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
4098
4099 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
4100 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
4101 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
4102 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
4103 event source watching it is freed).
4104
4105 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
4106 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
4107 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
4108 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
4109
4110 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
4111 (IFB) network devices.
4112
4113 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
4114 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
4115
4116 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
4117 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
4118 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
4119 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
4120 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
4121 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
4122
4123 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
4124 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
4125 with its sense inverted.
4126
4127 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
4128 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
4129 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
4130
4131 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
4132 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
4133 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
4134
4135 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
4136 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
4137 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
4138 to be used.
4139
4140 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
4141 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
4142 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
4143 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
4144 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
4145 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
4146 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
4147
4148 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
4149 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
4150 debugging purposes.
4151
4152 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
4153 group named differently than the user.
4154
4155 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
4156 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
4157 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
4158
4159 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
4160 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
4161 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
4162 /etc/fstab.
4163
4164 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
4165 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
4166 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
4167 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
4168
4169 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
4170 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
4171 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
4172 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
4173
4174 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
4175 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
4176 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
4177 Bernard.
4178
4179 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
4180 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
4181 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
4182 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
4183 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
4184 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
4185 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
4186 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
4187 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
4188 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
4189 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
4190
4191 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
4192 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
4193 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
4194 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
4195 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
4196 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
4197 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
4198 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
4199 command line option.
4200
4201 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
4202 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
4203
4204 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
4205 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
4206 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
4207 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
4208 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
4209 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
4210 systemd-timedated.
4211
4212 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
4213 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
4214 GPT partition table types.
4215
4216 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
4217 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
4218 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
4219
4220 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4221
4222 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
4223 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
4224 for the respective units.
4225
4226 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
4227 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
4228 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
4229
4230 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
4231 "status" output.
4232
4233 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
4234 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
4235 disappear.
4236
4237 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
4238 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
4239 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
4240 address is used.
4241
4242 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4243 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4244 dropped from the individual setting names.
4245
4246 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4247 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4248 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4249 such files in version 243.
4250
4251 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4252 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4253 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4254
4255 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4256 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4257 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4258
4259 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4260 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4261 with stopping and disablement.
4262
4263 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4264 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4265 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4266 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4267 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4268 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4269 some internal systemd services (most notably
4270 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4271 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4272 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4273 this systemd release. See
4274 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4275 additional discussion.
4276
4277 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4278 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4279 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4280 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4281 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4282 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4283 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4284 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4285 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4286 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4287 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4288 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4289 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4290 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4291 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4292 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4293 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4294 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4295 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4296 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4297 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4298 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4299 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4300 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4301 DONG
4302
4303 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4304
4305 CHANGES WITH 244:
4306
4307 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4308 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4309 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4310 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4311
4312 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4313 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4314 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4315 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4316
4317 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4318 units.
4319
4320 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4321 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4322 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4323 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4324 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4325 set the EFI variable.
4326
4327 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4328 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4329 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4330 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4331 and overrides the systemd setting.
4332
4333 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4334 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4335 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4336 effect.)
4337
4338 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4339 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4340 that affects all corresponding unit files.
4341
4342 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4343 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4344
4345 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4346 the unit being shown.
4347
4348 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4349 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4350 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4351 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4352 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4353
4354 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4355 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4356 which need to use them.
4357
4358 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4359 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4360 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4361 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4362 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4363 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4364 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4365 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4366 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4367 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4368
4369 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4370 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4371 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4372 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4373 security tokens that were used previously.
4374
4375 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4376 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4377 improve power saving with many more devices.
4378
4379 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4380 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4381 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4382
4383 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4384 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4385 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4386 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
4387 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
4388
4389 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
4390 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
4391 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
4392 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
4393 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
4394
4395 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
4396 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
4397
4398 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
4399 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
4400
4401 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
4402 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
4403 now supported.
4404
4405 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
4406 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
4407
4408 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
4409 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
4410 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
4411
4412 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
4413 received from the server.
4414
4415 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
4416 set.
4417
4418 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
4419 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
4420
4421 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
4422 using a new SendOption= setting.
4423
4424 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
4425 service type" value used by the client.
4426
4427 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
4428 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
4429
4430 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
4431 a new SendOption= setting.
4432
4433 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
4434 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
4435
4436 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
4437 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
4438
4439 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
4440 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
4441 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
4442
4443 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
4444 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
4445 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
4446 BSSID for wireless links.
4447
4448 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
4449 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
4450
4451 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
4452 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
4453
4454 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
4455 disciplines in the kernel using the new
4456 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
4457 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
4458 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
4459 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
4460
4461 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
4462
4463 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
4464 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
4465 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
4466 on its own).
4467
4468 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
4469 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
4470 of the present time.
4471
4472 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
4473 reproducible image builds easier).
4474
4475 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
4476 Specification.
4477
4478 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
4479 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
4480 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
4481 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
4482
4483 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
4484 is being used.
4485
4486 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
4487
4488 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
4489 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
4490 path as the system manager.
4491
4492 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
4493 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
4494 representation").
4495
4496 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
4497 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
4498 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
4499 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
4500 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
4501 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
4502 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
4503 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
4504
4505 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
4506 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
4507 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
4508 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
4509 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
4510 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
4511 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
4512 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
4513 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
4514 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4515 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
4516 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
4517 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
4518 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
4519 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
4520 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
4521 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
4522 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
4523 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
4524 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
4525 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
4526 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
4527 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4528
4529 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
4530
4531 CHANGES WITH 243:
4532
4533 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
4534 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
4535 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
4536 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
4537 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
4538 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
4539 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
4540 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
4541
4542 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
4543 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
4544 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
4545 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
4546 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
4547 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
4548 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
4549 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
4550 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
4551 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
4552 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
4553 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
4554 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
4555 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
4556 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
4557 documentation.
4558
4559 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
4560 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
4561 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
4562 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
4563 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
4564 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
4565 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
4566 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
4567 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
4568 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
4569 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
4570 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
4571 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
4572 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
4573 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
4574 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
4575
4576 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
4577 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
4578 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
4579 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
4580
4581 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
4582 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
4583
4584 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
4585 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
4586 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
4587 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
4588 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
4589 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
4590 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
4591 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
4592 caught up with the kernel API changes.
4593
4594 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
4595 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
4596 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
4597 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
4598 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
4599 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
4600 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
4601 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
4602 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
4603 packagers.
4604
4605 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
4606 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
4607
4608 build/man/man systemctl
4609 build/man/html systemd.index
4610
4611 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
4612 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
4613
4614 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
4615 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
4616 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
4617 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
4618 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
4619 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
4620
4621 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
4622 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
4623 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
4624 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
4625 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
4626 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
4627 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
4628 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
4629 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
4630 unambiguously distinguished.
4631
4632 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
4633 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
4634 very rarely used.
4635
4636 To replace this functionality, users should:
4637 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
4638 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
4639 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
4640 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
4641 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
4642
4643 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
4644 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
4645 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
4646 interfaces should really be matched.
4647
4648 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
4649 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
4650 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
4651 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
4652 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
4653 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
4654
4655 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
4656 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
4657 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
4658 stop the whole unit.
4659
4660 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
4661 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
4662 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
4663 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
4664 generated whenever a unit stops.
4665
4666 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
4667 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
4668 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
4669 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
4670
4671 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
4672 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
4673 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
4674 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
4675 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
4676
4677 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
4678 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
4679 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
4680 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
4681 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
4682 programs set up externally.
4683
4684 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
4685 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
4686 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
4687 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
4688
4689 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
4690 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
4691 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
4692 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
4693 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
4694 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
4695 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
4696
4697 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
4698 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
4699 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
4700 as before.
4701
4702 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
4703 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
4704 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
4705 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
4706 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
4707 links on terminals that support that.
4708
4709 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
4710 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
4711 unmounted safely during shutdown.
4712
4713 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
4714
4715 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
4716 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
4717 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
4718 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
4719 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
4720 The default remains unchanged.
4721
4722 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
4723 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
4724
4725 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
4726 udev property.
4727
4728 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
4729 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
4730 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
4731
4732 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
4733 interfaces natively.
4734
4735 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
4736 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
4737 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
4738 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
4739
4740 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
4741 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
4742 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
4743 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
4744 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
4745 RELEASE message when terminating.
4746
4747 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
4748 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
4749
4750 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
4751 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
4752 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
4753 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
4754 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
4755 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
4756 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
4757
4758 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
4759 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
4760 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
4761 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
4762 added to the GENEVE support.
4763
4764 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
4765 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
4766 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
4767 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
4768 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
4769
4770 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
4771 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
4772 onto the network device.
4773
4774 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
4775 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
4776 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
4777 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
4778 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
4779
4780 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
4781 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
4782 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
4783
4784 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
4785 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
4786
4787 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
4788 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
4789
4790 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
4791 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
4792 statistics.
4793
4794 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
4795 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
4796 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
4797
4798 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
4799 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
4800
4801 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
4802 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
4803 specific udev properties.
4804
4805 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
4806 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
4807 "lo" as underlying device.
4808
4809 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
4810 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
4811 IP addresses, too.
4812
4813 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
4814 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
4815 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
4816 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
4817
4818 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
4819 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
4820 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
4821 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
4822
4823 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
4824 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
4825 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
4826
4827 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
4828 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
4829 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
4830
4831 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
4832
4833 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
4834 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
4835 does the same for recurring calendar events.
4836
4837 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
4838 durations as opposed to points in time).
4839
4840 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
4841 expressions.
4842
4843 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
4844 codes to their names and back.
4845
4846 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
4847 file paths and unit aliases.
4848
4849 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
4850 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
4851 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
4852 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
4853
4854 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
4855 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
4856 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
4857 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
4858 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
4859 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
4860 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
4861 udev rules for that purpose.
4862
4863 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
4864 a device to be initialized.
4865
4866 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
4867 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
4868 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
4869
4870 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
4871 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
4872 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
4873 with gcc's cleanup extension.
4874
4875 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
4876 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
4877 with printf().
4878
4879 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
4880 XML introspection data unmodified.
4881
4882 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
4883 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
4884 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
4885 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
4886
4887 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
4888 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
4889 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
4890 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
4891 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
4892 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
4893 configured to handle the watchdog.
4894
4895 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
4896 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
4897 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
4898
4899 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
4900 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
4901 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
4902
4903 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
4904 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
4905 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
4906 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
4907 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
4908
4909 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
4910 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
4911 review.
4912
4913 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
4914 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
4915
4916 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
4917 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
4918
4919 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
4920 failures to apply them are now ignored.
4921
4922 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
4923 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
4924 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
4925 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
4926
4927 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
4928 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
4929 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
4930 service.
4931
4932 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
4933 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
4934 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
4935 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
4936 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
4937 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
4938 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
4939 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
4940 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
4941 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
4942 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
4943 a seed was received from the boot loader.
4944
4945 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
4946
4947 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
4948 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
4949 above.
4950
4951 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
4952 installed.
4953
4954 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
4955 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
4956 bootloader entry).
4957
4958 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
4959 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
4960
4961 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
4962
4963 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
4964 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
4965 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
4966 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
4967 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
4968
4969 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
4970 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
4971 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
4972
4973 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
4974 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
4975
4976 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
4977 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
4978 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
4979
4980 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
4981 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
4982 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
4983 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
4984 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
4985 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
4986 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
4987 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
4988 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
4989 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
4990 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
4991 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
4992 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
4993 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4994 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
4995 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
4996 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
4997 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
4998 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4999 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
5000 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
5001 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
5002 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
5003 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
5004 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
5005 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
5006 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
5007 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
5008 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
5009 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
5010
5011 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
5012
5013 CHANGES WITH 242:
5014
5015 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
5016 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
5017 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
5018 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
5019 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
5020 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
5021 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
5022
5023 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
5024 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
5025
5026 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
5027 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
5028 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
5029 may be used to view this.
5030
5031 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
5032 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
5033 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
5034 ```
5035 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
5036 [Match]
5037 Type=bridge
5038
5039 [Link]
5040 MACAddressPolicy=none
5041 ```
5042
5043 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
5044 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
5045 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
5046 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
5047 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
5048 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
5049 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
5050
5051 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
5052 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
5053
5054 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
5055 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
5056
5057 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
5058 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
5059
5060 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
5061 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
5062 is a USB peripheral).
5063
5064 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
5065 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
5066 measured.
5067
5068 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
5069 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
5070 have privileges to do so).
5071
5072 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
5073 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
5074 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
5075
5076 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
5077 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
5078 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
5079 namespace.
5080
5081 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
5082 in which case environment variable substitution is
5083 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
5084
5085 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
5086 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
5087 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
5088 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
5089 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
5090
5091 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
5092 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
5093 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
5094 installed CPU cores.
5095
5096 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
5097 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
5098 kernel 4.15.
5099
5100 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
5101 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
5102 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
5103 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
5104 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
5105
5106 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
5107 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
5108 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
5109
5110 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
5111 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
5112 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
5113 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
5114 enslaved devices is not operational.
5115
5116 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
5117 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
5118
5119 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
5120 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
5121 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
5122 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
5123 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
5124 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
5125
5126 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
5127 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
5128
5129 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
5130
5131 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
5132 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
5133 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
5134
5135 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
5136 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
5137
5138 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
5139 configure CAN triple sampling.
5140
5141 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
5142 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
5143
5144 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
5145 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
5146 details.
5147
5148 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
5149 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
5150 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
5151 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
5152 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
5153 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
5154
5155 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
5156
5157 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
5158 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
5159 controlling project quota inheritance.
5160
5161 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
5162 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
5163 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
5164 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
5165 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
5166 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
5167 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
5168 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
5169 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
5170 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
5171 partition.
5172
5173 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
5174 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
5175 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
5176 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
5177 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
5178
5179 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
5180 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
5181
5182 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
5183 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
5184 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
5185 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
5186 be used in production yet.
5187
5188 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
5189 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
5190 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
5191 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
5192 input, output, and error are set up.
5193
5194 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
5195
5196 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
5197 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
5198 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
5199
5200 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
5201 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
5202 the specified expression will elapse next.
5203
5204 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
5205 introspection data.
5206
5207 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
5208 the reboot() system call expects.
5209
5210 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
5211 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
5212 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
5213
5214 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
5215 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
5216 ConditionVirtualization=).
5217
5218 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
5219 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
5220 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
5221 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
5222 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
5223 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
5224 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
5225 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
5226 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
5227 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
5228 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
5229 during reboot with their own operations.
5230
5231 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
5232 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
5233 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
5234 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
5235
5236 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
5237 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
5238 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
5239 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
5240 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5241
5242 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5243 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5244
5245 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5246 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5247 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5248 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5249 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5250 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5251 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5252 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5253 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5254
5255 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5256 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5257 prohibited.
5258
5259 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5260 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5261 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5262 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5263 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5264 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5265 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5266 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5267
5268 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5269 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5270 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5271 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5272 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5273 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5274 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5275 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5276 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5277 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5278 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5279 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5280 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5281 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5282 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5283 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5284 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5285 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5286
5287 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5288
5289 CHANGES WITH 241:
5290
5291 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5292 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5293 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5294
5295 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5296 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5297 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5298 include the package release information.
5299
5300 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5301 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5302 option.
5303
5304 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5305 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5306 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5307
5308 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5309 again.
5310
5311 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5312 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5313 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5314 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5315 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5316 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5317 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5318 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5319 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5320 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5321 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5322 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5323 installed .link files to *not* include it.
5324
5325 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5326 "persistent", now works again as documented.
5327
5328 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5329 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5330
5331 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5332 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5333 used for side-channel attacks.
5334
5335 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5336 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5337 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5338
5339 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5340 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5341 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5342 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5343 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5344 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5345
5346 fs.protected_regular = 0
5347 fs.protected_fifos = 0
5348
5349 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5350 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5351
5352 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5353 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5354 POSIX shells.
5355
5356 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5357 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5358
5359 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5360 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5361 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5362 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5363 points but otherwise empty.
5364
5365 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5366 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5367 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5368
5369 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5370 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5371
5372 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5373 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5374
5375 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5376 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5377 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5378 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5379 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5380 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5381 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5382 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5383 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5384 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5385 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5386 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
5387 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
5388 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
5389 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
5390 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5391 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
5392
5393 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
5394
5395 CHANGES WITH 240:
5396
5397 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
5398 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
5399 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
5400 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
5401 an SELinux policy update is required.
5402 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
5403
5404 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
5405 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
5406 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
5407 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
5408 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
5409 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
5410 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
5411 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
5412 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
5413 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
5414
5415 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
5416 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
5417 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
5418 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
5419 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
5420 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
5421 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
5422 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
5423 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
5424 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
5425 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
5426 the search path.
5427
5428 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
5429 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
5430 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
5431 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
5432 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
5433 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
5434 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
5435 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
5436 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
5437 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
5438 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
5439 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
5440 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
5441 start job.
5442
5443 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
5444 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
5445 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
5446 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
5447 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
5448 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
5449 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
5450 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
5451 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
5452 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
5453
5454 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
5455 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
5456 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
5457 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
5458 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
5459 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
5460 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
5461 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
5462 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
5463 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
5464 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
5465 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
5466 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
5467 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
5468 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
5469 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
5470 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
5471 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
5472 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
5473 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
5474 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
5475 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
5476 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
5477 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
5478 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
5479 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
5480 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
5481 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
5482 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
5483 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
5484 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
5485 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
5486 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
5487 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
5488 Java.)
5489
5490 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
5491 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
5492 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
5493 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
5494 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
5495 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
5496 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
5497 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
5498 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
5499 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
5500
5501 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
5502 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
5503 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
5504 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
5505 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
5506 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
5507
5508 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
5509 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
5510 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
5511 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
5512 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
5513
5514 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
5515 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
5516
5517 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
5518 reverted.
5519
5520 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
5521 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
5522 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
5523
5524 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
5525 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
5526
5527 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
5528 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
5529 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
5530
5531 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
5532 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
5533 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
5534 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
5535 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
5536 latency.
5537
5538 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
5539 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
5540
5541 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
5542 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
5543 instance part of a unit name.
5544
5545 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
5546 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
5547 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
5548 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
5549 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
5550 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
5551 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
5552 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
5553 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
5554
5555 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
5556 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
5557 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
5558 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
5559
5560 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
5561 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
5562 to a file, and appending to it.
5563
5564 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
5565 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
5566 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
5567 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
5568 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
5569 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
5570
5571 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
5572 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
5573 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
5574 having to touch C code.
5575
5576 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
5577 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
5578
5579 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
5580 DNS-over-TLS.
5581
5582 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
5583 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
5584 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
5585
5586 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
5587 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
5588 until the system finished start-up.
5589
5590 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
5591
5592 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
5593 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
5594 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
5595 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
5596 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
5597 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
5598 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
5599
5600 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
5601 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
5602 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
5603 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
5604 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
5605 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
5606 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
5607 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
5608 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
5609 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
5610 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
5611 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
5612
5613 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
5614 instantiate services.
5615
5616 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
5617 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
5618
5619 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
5620 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
5621 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
5622
5623 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
5624 it is neither used nor maintained.
5625
5626 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5627 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
5628 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
5629 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
5630 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
5631 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
5632 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
5633 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
5634 separated by colons.
5635
5636 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
5637 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
5638
5639 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
5640 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
5641
5642 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
5643 "ethtool advertise" commands.
5644
5645 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
5646 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
5647 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
5648 directly.
5649
5650 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
5651 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
5652 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
5653 ID.
5654
5655 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
5656 and generate various 128bit IDs.
5657
5658 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
5659 and LOGO=.
5660
5661 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
5662 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
5663 from any hibernated image.
5664
5665 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
5666 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
5667 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
5668 kernel exports them.
5669
5670 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
5671 /usr/bin/.
5672
5673 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
5674 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
5675 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
5676 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
5677 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
5678 now documented here:
5679
5680 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
5681
5682 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
5683 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
5684 installs during early boot.
5685
5686 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
5687 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
5688
5689 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
5690 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
5691
5692 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
5693 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
5694 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
5695
5696 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
5697 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
5698 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
5699 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
5700 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
5701 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
5702 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
5703 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
5704 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
5705 is on AC power.
5706
5707 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
5708 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
5709 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
5710 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
5711 see:
5712
5713 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
5714
5715 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
5716 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
5717 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
5718 and container environments.
5719
5720 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
5721 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
5722 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
5723 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
5724
5725 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
5726 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
5727 journald per-service.
5728
5729 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
5730 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
5731
5732 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
5733 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
5734 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
5735 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
5736
5737 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
5738 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
5739 groups.
5740
5741 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
5742 --ephemeral command line switch.
5743
5744 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
5745 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
5746 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
5747 object itself.
5748
5749 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
5750 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
5751 not unloaded).
5752
5753 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
5754 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
5755 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
5756
5757 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
5758 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
5759 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
5760 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
5761 "dead" state on success.
5762
5763 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
5764 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
5765 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
5766 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
5767 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
5768 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
5769 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
5770 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
5771 well-defined system service context.
5772
5773 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
5774 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
5775 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
5776 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
5777
5778 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
5779 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
5780 continue to be used.
5781
5782 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
5783 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
5784 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
5785 for example:
5786
5787 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
5788
5789 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
5790 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
5791 the command line's exit code.
5792
5793 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
5794
5795 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
5796
5797 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
5798 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
5799 support to systemctl and all other commands.
5800
5801 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
5802 name as argument.
5803
5804 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
5805 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
5806 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
5807 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
5808 is improved.
5809
5810 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
5811 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
5812 initialize one to all 0xFF.
5813
5814 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
5815 all files and directories listed in
5816 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
5817 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
5818 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
5819 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
5820 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
5821 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
5822 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
5823 the transition to the host OS.
5824
5825 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
5826 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
5827 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
5828 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
5829 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
5830 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
5831 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
5832 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
5833 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
5834 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
5835 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
5836 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
5837 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
5838 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
5839 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
5840 these are opened they don't work.
5841
5842 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
5843 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
5844 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
5845 logic works again.
5846
5847 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
5848 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
5849 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
5850 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
5851 ignore it.
5852
5853 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
5854 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
5855 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
5856 commands.
5857
5858 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
5859 pam_systemd anymore.
5860
5861 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
5862 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
5863 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
5864 policy took effect.
5865
5866 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
5867 python-3.5.
5868
5869 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
5870 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
5871 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
5872 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
5873 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
5874 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
5875 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
5876 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
5877 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
5878 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
5879 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
5880 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
5881 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
5882 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
5883 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
5884 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
5885 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5886 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
5887 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
5888 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
5889 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
5890 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
5891 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
5892 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
5893 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
5894 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
5895 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5896 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
5897 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
5898 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
5899 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
5900 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
5901 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
5902 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
5903 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
5904 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
5905 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
5906 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
5907 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
5908 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
5909 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
5910 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
5911 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
5912 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
5913 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
5914
5915 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
5916
5917 CHANGES WITH 239:
5918
5919 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
5920 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
5921 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
5922 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
5923 a slot number associated.
5924
5925 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
5926 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
5927 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
5928 independent.
5929
5930 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
5931 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
5932 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5933
5934 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
5935 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
5936 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
5937 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5938
5939 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
5940 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
5941 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
5942 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
5943 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
5944 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
5945 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
5946 e.g. NIS.
5947
5948 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
5949 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
5950 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
5951 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
5952 may be necessary to update the file.
5953
5954 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
5955 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
5956 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
5957 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
5958 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
5959 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
5960 documentation.
5961
5962 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
5963 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
5964 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5965 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
5966 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
5967 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
5968 them.
5969
5970 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
5971 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
5972 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
5973 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
5974 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
5975
5976 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
5977 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
5978 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
5979 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
5980 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
5981 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
5982 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
5983 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
5984
5985 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
5986 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
5987 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
5988 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
5989 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
5990
5991 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
5992 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
5993 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
5994 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
5995 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
5996
5997 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
5998 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
5999 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
6000
6001 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
6002 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
6003 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
6004 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
6005 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
6006 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
6007 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
6008 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
6009 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
6010 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
6011 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
6012 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
6013 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
6014 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
6015 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
6016 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
6017 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
6018 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
6019 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
6020 from.
6021
6022 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
6023 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
6024 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
6025 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
6026
6027 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
6028 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
6029 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
6030 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
6031
6032 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
6033 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
6034 hibernates again.
6035
6036 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
6037 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
6038
6039 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
6040 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
6041 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
6042
6043 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
6044 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
6045 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
6046 was not configurable and set to 512.
6047
6048 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
6049 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
6050 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
6051 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
6052 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
6053 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
6054 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
6055 in particular su and sudo.
6056
6057 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
6058 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
6059 synchronization has been received from the network. This
6060 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
6061 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
6062 services.
6063
6064 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
6065 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
6066 files should work for hibernation now.
6067
6068 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
6069 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
6070 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
6071 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
6072 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
6073 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
6074 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
6075 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
6076 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
6077 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
6078 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
6079 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
6080 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
6081 name following the last dash.
6082
6083 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
6084 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
6085 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
6086 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
6087 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
6088
6089 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
6090 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
6091 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
6092 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
6093 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
6094 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
6095
6096 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
6097 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
6098 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
6099 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
6100
6101 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
6102 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
6103 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
6104 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
6105 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
6106
6107 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
6108 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
6109 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
6110 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
6111 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
6112 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
6113 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
6114 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
6115 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
6116 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
6117 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
6118 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
6119 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
6120
6121 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
6122 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
6123 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
6124 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
6125 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
6126 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
6127 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
6128 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
6129 settings.
6130
6131 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
6132 expiration feature, if it is available.
6133
6134 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
6135 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
6136 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
6137
6138 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
6139 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
6140
6141 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
6142
6143 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
6144 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
6145
6146 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
6147 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
6148 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
6149 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
6150 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
6151 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
6152 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
6153 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
6154 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
6155 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
6156 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
6157
6158 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
6159 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
6160 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
6161 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
6162
6163 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
6164 about its state.
6165
6166 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
6167 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
6168 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
6169 "timedatectl set-ntp".
6170
6171 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
6172 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
6173 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
6174 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
6175 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
6176 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
6177 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
6178 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
6179 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
6180 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
6181 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
6182
6183 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
6184 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
6185
6186 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
6187 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
6188 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
6189 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
6190 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
6191 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
6192
6193 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
6194 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
6195 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
6196 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
6197 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
6198 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
6199 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
6200
6201 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
6202 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
6203 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
6204 shown.)
6205
6206 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
6207 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
6208 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
6209 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
6210 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
6211 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
6212 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
6213 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
6214 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
6215
6216 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
6217 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
6218 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
6219
6220 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
6221 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
6222 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
6223 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
6224 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
6225 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
6226 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
6227 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
6228
6229 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
6230
6231 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
6232 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
6233 automatically when the system clock changed.)
6234
6235 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
6236 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
6237
6238 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
6239 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
6240 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6241
6242 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6243
6244 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6245
6246 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6247 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6248
6249 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6250 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6251 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6252 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6253 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6254 external user databases.
6255
6256 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6257 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6258 refused due to the enforced limits.
6259
6260 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6261 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6262 manages.
6263
6264 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6265 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6266 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6267 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6268 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6269 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6270 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6271 where this is now used by default.
6272
6273 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6274 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6275
6276 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6277 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6278 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6279 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6280 update process in a generic way.
6281
6282 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6283
6284 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6285 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6286 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6287 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6288 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6289 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6290 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6291 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6292 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6293 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6294 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6295 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6296 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6297 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6298 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6299 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6300 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6301 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6302 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6303 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6304 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6305 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6306 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6307 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6308 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6309 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6310 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6311 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6312 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6313
6314 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6315
6316 CHANGES WITH 238:
6317
6318 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6319 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6320 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6321 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6322 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6323 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6324 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6325 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6326 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6327 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6328 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6329 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6330 to revert this change.
6331
6332 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6333 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6334 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6335 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6336 once at the end of the transaction.
6337
6338 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6339 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6340 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6341 scripts.
6342
6343 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6344 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6345 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6346 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6347 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6348 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6349 still allowing local admin overrides.
6350
6351 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6352 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6353 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6354
6355 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6356 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6357 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6358 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6359 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6360
6361 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6362 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6363 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6364 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6365 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6366 from package installation scripts.
6367
6368 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6369 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6370 without the user number ("u username -:456").
6371
6372 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6373 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6374
6375 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6376 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6377 /sbin/nologin for other users).
6378
6379 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6380 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6381 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6382 --systemd, --user, or --global).
6383
6384 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6385 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6386 which are triggered meanwhile).
6387
6388 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
6389 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
6390 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
6391 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
6392 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
6393
6394 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
6395 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
6396 rotated very quickly.
6397
6398 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
6399 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
6400 pending bus messages.
6401
6402 * systemd gained a new
6403 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
6404 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
6405 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
6406 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
6407 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
6408 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
6409 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
6410 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
6411 session scope.
6412
6413 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
6414 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
6415 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
6416 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
6417 the tree to be accessed.
6418
6419 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
6420 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
6421 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
6422
6423 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
6424 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
6425 to keys in the main keyring.
6426
6427 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
6428
6429 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
6430 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
6431
6432 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
6433
6434 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
6435 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
6436 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
6437 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
6438 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
6439 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
6440 explicitly.
6441
6442 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
6443 the colour of "OK" status messages.
6444
6445 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
6446 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
6447 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
6448 be restarted.
6449
6450 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
6451 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
6452
6453 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
6454 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
6455 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
6456 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
6457 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
6458 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
6459 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
6460 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6461 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
6462 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
6463 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
6464 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
6465 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6466 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6467 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
6468 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
6469
6470 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
6471
6472 CHANGES WITH 237:
6473
6474 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6475 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
6476 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
6477 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
6478
6479 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
6480 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
6481 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
6482 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
6483 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
6484 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
6485 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
6486 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
6487 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
6488 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
6489
6490 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
6491 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
6492 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
6493 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
6494 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
6495 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
6496 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
6497 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
6498 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
6499 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
6500
6501 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
6502 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
6503 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
6504 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
6505 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
6506 now provides explicit control.
6507
6508 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
6509 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
6510 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
6511 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
6512 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
6513 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
6514 unit types that already supported transient operation.
6515
6516 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
6517 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
6518 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
6519
6520 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
6521 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
6522
6523 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
6524 .network files all gained support for a new condition
6525 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
6526 versions.
6527
6528 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6529 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
6530 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
6531 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
6532 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
6533 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
6534 understands RapidCommit=.
6535
6536 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
6537 Delegation.
6538
6539 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
6540 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
6541 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
6542 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
6543 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
6544 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
6545 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
6546 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
6547 --watch-bind= command line switch.
6548
6549 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
6550 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
6551 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
6552 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
6553 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
6554 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
6555 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
6556 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
6557 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
6558 "Disconnected" signals).
6559
6560 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
6561 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
6562 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
6563 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
6564 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
6565 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
6566 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
6567 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
6568 round-trips are removed.
6569
6570 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
6571 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
6572 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
6573 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
6574
6575 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
6576 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
6577 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
6578 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
6579 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
6580 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
6581
6582 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
6583 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
6584 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
6585 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6586 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
6587 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
6588 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
6589 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
6590 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
6591 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
6592
6593 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6594 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
6595 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
6596 when the event source is destroyed.
6597
6598 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
6599 connections.
6600
6601 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
6602 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
6603 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
6604 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
6605 new transitional flag file has been added: if
6606 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
6607 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
6608
6609 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
6610 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
6611 manager.
6612
6613 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
6614 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
6615 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
6616 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
6617 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
6618
6619 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
6620 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
6621 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
6622 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
6623 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
6624 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
6625
6626 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
6627 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
6628 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
6629 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
6630 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
6631 level/target is given as an argument.
6632
6633 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
6634 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
6635 where UID and GID do not match.
6636
6637 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
6638 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
6639 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
6640 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
6641 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6642 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
6643 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
6644 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
6645 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
6646 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
6647 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
6648 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
6649 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6650 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
6651 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
6652 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
6653 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
6654 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
6655 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
6656 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
6657 Палаузов
6658
6659 — Brno, 2018-01-28
6660
6661 CHANGES WITH 236:
6662
6663 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6664 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
6665 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
6666 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
6667
6668 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
6669 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
6670 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
6671 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
6672 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
6673 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
6674 valid specifiers today.)
6675
6676 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
6677 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
6678 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
6679 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
6680 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
6681 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
6682
6683 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
6684 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
6685 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
6686 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
6687
6688 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
6689 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
6690 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
6691 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
6692 services are resolved properly.
6693
6694 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
6695 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
6696 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
6697 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
6698 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
6699 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
6700 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
6701 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
6702 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
6703 and btrfs.
6704
6705 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
6706 DNS server and domain information.
6707
6708 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
6709 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
6710 runtime.
6711
6712 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
6713 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
6714 empty for the first time.
6715
6716 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
6717 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
6718 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
6719 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
6720 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
6721 running in the user session.
6722
6723 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
6724 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
6725 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
6726 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
6727 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
6728 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
6729 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
6730 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
6731 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
6732 user instance).
6733
6734 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
6735 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
6736
6737 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
6738 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
6739 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
6740 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
6741
6742 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
6743 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
6744
6745 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
6746 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
6747 sleep verbs.
6748
6749 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
6750
6751 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
6752 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
6753
6754 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
6755
6756 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
6757 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
6758 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
6759
6760 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
6761 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
6762 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
6763 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
6764 instance.
6765
6766 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
6767 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
6768 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
6769
6770 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
6771 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
6772 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
6773
6774 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
6775
6776 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
6777 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
6778 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
6779 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
6780 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
6781 processes.
6782
6783 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
6784 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
6785 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
6786 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
6787
6788 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
6789 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
6790 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
6791
6792 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
6793 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
6794 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
6795 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
6796 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
6797
6798 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
6799 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
6800
6801 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
6802 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
6803 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
6804 time the specified expression would elapse.
6805
6806 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
6807 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
6808 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
6809 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
6810 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
6811 types, not just services.
6812
6813 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
6814 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
6815 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
6816 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
6817
6818 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
6819 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
6820 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
6821 interface for this purpose.
6822
6823 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
6824 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
6825 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
6826 anyway.
6827
6828 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
6829 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
6830 requirements of systemd.
6831
6832 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
6833 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
6834 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
6835
6836 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
6837 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
6838 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
6839 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
6840
6841 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
6842 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
6843 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
6844 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
6845
6846 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
6847 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
6848
6849 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
6850 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
6851 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
6852 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
6853 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
6854 managing software supports (such as pppd).
6855
6856 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
6857 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
6858 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
6859
6860 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
6861 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
6862 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
6863 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
6864 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
6865 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
6866 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
6867 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
6868 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
6869 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
6870 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
6871 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
6872 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
6873 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
6874 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
6875 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
6876 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
6877 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6878 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
6879 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
6880 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
6881 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6882 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6883
6884 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
6885
6886 CHANGES WITH 235:
6887
6888 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
6889 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
6890 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
6891 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
6892 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
6893 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
6894 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
6895 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
6896 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
6897 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
6898 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
6899 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
6900 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
6901 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
6902 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
6903 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
6904 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
6905 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
6906 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
6907 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
6908 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
6909 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
6910 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
6911 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
6912 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
6913 IPAddressDeny= see below.
6914
6915 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6916 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
6917 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
6918 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
6919 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
6920 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
6921 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
6922 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
6923
6924 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
6925 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
6926 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
6927 used to change those values.
6928
6929 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
6930 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
6931 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
6932 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
6933 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
6934 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
6935
6936 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
6937 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
6938 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
6939 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
6940
6941 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
6942 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
6943 one top-level directory.
6944
6945 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6946 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
6947 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
6948 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
6949 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
6950 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
6951 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
6952 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
6953 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
6954 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
6955 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
6956 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
6957 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
6958 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
6959 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
6960
6961 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
6962 Meson-only.
6963
6964 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
6965 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
6966 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
6967 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
6968 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
6969 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
6970 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
6971 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
6972 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
6973 acceptable to us.
6974
6975 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
6976 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
6977 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
6978 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
6979 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
6980 requested at build time.
6981
6982 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
6983 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
6984 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
6985 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
6986 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
6987 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
6988 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
6989 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
6990 Type= setting which permits configuring
6991 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
6992
6993 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
6994 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
6995 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
6996 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
6997 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
6998 local frames between bridge ports.
6999
7000 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
7001 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
7002 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
7003
7004 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
7005 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
7006
7007 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
7008 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
7009 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
7010 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
7011
7012 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
7013 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
7014 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
7015 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
7016 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
7017 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
7018 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
7019 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
7020
7021 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
7022 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
7023 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
7024 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
7025 command.)
7026
7027 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
7028 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
7029 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
7030
7031 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
7032 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
7033 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
7034 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
7035
7036 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
7037 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
7038 configured, except for the credentials applied by
7039 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
7040 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
7041 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
7042 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
7043 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
7044 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
7045 on systems where this is not supported.
7046
7047 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
7048 sockets.
7049
7050 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
7051 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
7052 during runtime.
7053
7054 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
7055 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
7056 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
7057
7058 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
7059 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
7060 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
7061
7062 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
7063 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
7064 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
7065 Following this logic, two new special targets
7066 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
7067 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
7068 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
7069
7070 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
7071 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
7072 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
7073 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
7074
7075 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
7076 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
7077 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
7078 --wait".
7079
7080 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
7081 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
7082 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
7083 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
7084 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
7085 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
7086 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
7087 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
7088 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
7089
7090 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
7091 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
7092 containing information about the consumed resources of this
7093 invocation.
7094
7095 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
7096 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
7097 processes.
7098
7099 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
7100 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
7101 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
7102 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
7103 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
7104 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
7105 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
7106 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
7107 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
7108 systems for all five operations.
7109
7110 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
7111 the system.
7112
7113 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
7114 than UTC or the local timezone.
7115
7116 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
7117 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
7118 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
7119 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
7120 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
7121 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
7122 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
7123 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
7124
7125 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
7126 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
7127 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
7128 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
7129 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
7130 again.
7131
7132 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
7133 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
7134 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
7135
7136 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
7137 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
7138 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
7139 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
7140 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
7141 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
7142 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7143 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
7144 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
7145 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
7146 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
7147 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
7148 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
7149 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
7150 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
7151 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
7152 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
7153 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
7154 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
7155 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7156
7157 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
7158
7159 CHANGES WITH 234:
7160
7161 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
7162 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7163 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
7164 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
7165 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
7166 summary:
7167
7168 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
7169
7170 becomes:
7171
7172 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
7173
7174 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
7175 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
7176 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
7177 .device units.
7178
7179 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
7180 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
7181 running a systemd user instance.
7182
7183 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
7184 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
7185 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
7186 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
7187 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
7188 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
7189
7190 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
7191
7192 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
7193 (domain search list).
7194
7195 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
7196 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
7197 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
7198 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
7199 implementation of RA.
7200
7201 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
7202 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
7203 ISO date values.
7204
7205 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
7206 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
7207 devices.
7208
7209 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
7210 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
7211 option.
7212
7213 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7214 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
7215 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
7216 default yet.
7217
7218 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
7219 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
7220 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
7221 SHA256SUMS files.
7222
7223 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
7224 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
7225
7226 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
7227
7228 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
7229
7230 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
7231 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
7232
7233 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
7234 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
7235 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
7236 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
7237
7238 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
7239 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
7240 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7241 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7242 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7243 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7244 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7245 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7246 systemd-logind to be safe. See
7247 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7248
7249 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7250 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7251 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7252 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7253 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7254 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7255 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7256 after all the plugins exit.
7257
7258 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7259 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7260 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7261 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7262 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7263 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7264 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7265 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7266
7267 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7268 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7269 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7270 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7271 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7272 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7273 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7274 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7275 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7276 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7277 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7278 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7279 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7280 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7281 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7282 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7283 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7284 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7285 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7286 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7287 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7288 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7289 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7290 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7291 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7292 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7293 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7294 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7295 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7296 Георгиевски
7297
7298 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7299
7300 CHANGES WITH 233:
7301
7302 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7303 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7304 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7305 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7306 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7307 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7308 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7309 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7310 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7311
7312 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7313 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7314 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7315 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7316 default selected on the configure command line
7317 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7318 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7319 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7320 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7321 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7322 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7323 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7324 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7325 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7326 greatest stability and compatibility only.
7327
7328 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7329 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7330 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7331 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7332 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7333 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7334 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7335 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7336 further details about this.)
7337
7338 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7339 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7340 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7341
7342 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7343 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7344
7345 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7346 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7347 with 'make install-tests'.
7348
7349 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7350 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7351 kernel.
7352
7353 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7354 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7355 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7356 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7357 by the Slice= option.
7358
7359 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7360 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7361 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7362 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7363
7364 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7365 following choices:
7366
7367 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7368 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7369 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7370 (h)elp
7371 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7372 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7373 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7374 (y)es, execute the command
7375
7376 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7377 because its meaning was confusing.
7378
7379 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7380 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7381
7382 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7383 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7384 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7385
7386 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
7387 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
7388 state directly, without executing these commands.
7389
7390 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
7391 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
7392 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
7393
7394 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
7395 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
7396 combination with After=) have been started.
7397
7398 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
7399 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
7400 setting, and which system calls they contain.
7401
7402 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
7403 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
7404 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
7405 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
7406 configuration related calls.
7407
7408 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
7409 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
7410 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
7411 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
7412 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
7413 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
7414 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
7415
7416 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
7417 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
7418
7419 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
7420 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
7421 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
7422
7423 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
7424 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
7425
7426 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
7427 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
7428 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
7429 for compatibility.
7430
7431 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
7432 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
7433
7434 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
7435 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
7436
7437 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
7438 support for negative matching.
7439
7440 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
7441
7442 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
7443 permitted runtime of the mount command.
7444
7445 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
7446 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
7447 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
7448 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
7449 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
7450 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
7451 removed from the drive.
7452
7453 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
7454 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
7455
7456 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
7457 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
7458
7459 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
7460 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
7461 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
7462
7463 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
7464 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
7465 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
7466 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
7467 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
7468 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
7469 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
7470
7471 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
7472 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
7473 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
7474 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
7475 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
7476 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
7477
7478 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
7479 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
7480
7481 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
7482 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
7483 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
7484 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
7485 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
7486 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
7487 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
7488 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
7489
7490 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
7491 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
7492 including all control processes.
7493
7494 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
7495 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
7496 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
7497
7498 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7499 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
7500 prefixing the source path with "+".
7501
7502 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7503 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
7504 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
7505 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
7506 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
7507 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
7508 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
7509 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
7510
7511 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
7512 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
7513 before).
7514
7515 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
7516 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
7517 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
7518 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
7519 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
7520 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
7521 the new --root-hash= command line option).
7522
7523 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
7524 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
7525 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
7526 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
7527 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
7528 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
7529 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
7530 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
7531 versions.
7532
7533 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
7534 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
7535 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
7536 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
7537 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
7538 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
7539 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
7540 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
7541 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
7542 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
7543 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
7544 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
7545 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
7546 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
7547 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
7548 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
7549 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
7550 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
7551 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
7552 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
7553 a Verity-enabled root partition.
7554
7555 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
7556 accelerometer quirks.
7557
7558 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
7559 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
7560 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
7561 ID of each service.
7562
7563 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
7564 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
7565 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
7566 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
7567 view.
7568
7569 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
7570 environment variables:
7571
7572 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
7573
7574 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
7575 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
7576 address.
7577
7578 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
7579 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
7580 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
7581
7582 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
7583 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
7584 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
7585 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
7586 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
7587 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
7588 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
7589 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
7590 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
7591 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
7592 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
7593 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
7594 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
7595
7596 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
7597 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
7598 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
7599
7600 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
7601 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
7602
7603 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
7604 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
7605 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
7606 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
7607 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
7608
7609 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
7610 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
7611 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
7612
7613 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
7614 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
7615
7616 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
7617 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
7618 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
7619 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
7620
7621 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
7622 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
7623 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
7624 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
7625 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
7626 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
7627 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
7628 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
7629 possibly even including full integrity data.
7630
7631 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
7632 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
7633 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
7634 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
7635 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
7636
7637 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
7638 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
7639 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
7640 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
7641 directly with systemd-nspawn.
7642
7643 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
7644 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
7645 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
7646 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
7647
7648 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
7649 of coredumps in reverse order.
7650
7651 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
7652 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
7653 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
7654 additional informational message in its output.
7655
7656 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
7657 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
7658 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
7659
7660 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
7661 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
7662 scripting languages such as Python.
7663
7664 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
7665 namespacing is enabled for them.
7666
7667 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
7668 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
7669 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
7670 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
7671 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
7672 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
7673
7674 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
7675 root key (KSK).
7676
7677 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
7678 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
7679 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
7680
7681 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
7682 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
7683 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
7684 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
7685 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
7686 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
7687 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
7688 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
7689 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
7690 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
7691 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
7692 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
7693 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
7694 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
7695 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
7696 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
7697 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
7698 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
7699 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
7700 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
7701 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
7702 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
7703 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
7704 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
7705 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
7706 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
7707 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
7708 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
7709 Тихонов
7710
7711 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
7712
7713 CHANGES WITH 232:
7714
7715 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
7716 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
7717 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
7718 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
7719 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
7720 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
7721
7722 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
7723 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
7724
7725 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
7726 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
7727 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
7728
7729 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
7730 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
7731 to be remounted read-only for a service.
7732
7733 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
7734 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
7735 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
7736 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
7737
7738 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
7739 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
7740
7741 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
7742 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
7743 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
7744
7745 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
7746 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
7747 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
7748 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
7749 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
7750 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
7751 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
7752 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
7753 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
7754 permanent modifications to the system.
7755
7756 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
7757 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
7758 container or chroot environments.
7759
7760 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
7761 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
7762 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
7763 mapped to nobody.
7764
7765 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
7766 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
7767 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
7768 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
7769
7770 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
7771 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
7772
7773 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
7774 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
7775 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
7776 and the support is provisional.
7777
7778 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
7779 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
7780 unit files in the file system).
7781
7782 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
7783 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
7784 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
7785 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
7786 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
7787 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
7788 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
7789 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
7790 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
7791 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
7792 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
7793 state is fixed automatically.
7794
7795 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
7796 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
7797 option.
7798
7799 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
7800 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
7801 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
7802 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
7803 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
7804 else.
7805
7806 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
7807 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
7808 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
7809 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
7810 bootable on physical systems.
7811
7812 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
7813
7814 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
7815 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
7816 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
7817 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
7818 used.
7819
7820 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
7821 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
7822 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
7823 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
7824
7825 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
7826
7827 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
7828 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
7829 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
7830 of the container).
7831
7832 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
7833 files from the specified location.
7834
7835 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
7836 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
7837 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
7838 be active.
7839
7840 * The hardware database has been extended to support
7841 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
7842 trackball devices.
7843
7844 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
7845 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
7846 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
7847
7848 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
7849 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
7850 specified service binary exited.)
7851
7852 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
7853 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
7854
7855 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
7856 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
7857 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
7858 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
7859 --since= and --until= options.
7860
7861 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
7862 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
7863 are automatically propagated to the container.
7864
7865 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
7866 from a single IP address can be limited with
7867 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
7868 MaxConnections=.
7869
7870 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
7871 configuration.
7872
7873 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
7874 drop-ins.
7875
7876 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
7877 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
7878 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
7879 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
7880 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
7881 [Link] section of .link files.
7882
7883 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
7884 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
7885 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
7886 section of .netdev files.
7887
7888 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
7889 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
7890 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
7891
7892 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
7893 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
7894 .network files.
7895
7896 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
7897 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
7898 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
7899 service runtime cycle.
7900
7901 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
7902 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
7903 has been traditionally doing.
7904
7905 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
7906 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
7907 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
7908 prevent any later plugins from running.
7909
7910 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
7911 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
7912 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
7913 default of SplitMode=uid.
7914
7915 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
7916 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
7917 useful.
7918
7919 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
7920 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
7921 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
7922 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
7923 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
7924 individual namespaces.
7925
7926 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
7927 the output, as well as OS release information.
7928
7929 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
7930
7931 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
7932 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
7933 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
7934 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
7935 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
7936
7937 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
7938 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
7939 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
7940 severed.
7941
7942 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
7943 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
7944 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
7945 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
7946 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
7947 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
7948 information about exit statuses and results.
7949
7950 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
7951 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
7952 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
7953 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
7954 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
7955 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
7956
7957 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
7958
7959 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
7960 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
7961 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
7962 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
7963 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
7964 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
7965 entirely.
7966
7967 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
7968 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
7969 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
7970
7971 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
7972 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
7973 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
7974 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
7975 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
7976 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
7977 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
7978 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
7979 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
7980 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
7981 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
7982 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
7983 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
7984 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
7985 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
7986 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
7987 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
7988
7989 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
7990 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
7991 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
7992 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
7993
7994 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
7995 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
7996 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
7997 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
7998
7999 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
8000 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
8001 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
8002 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
8003 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
8004 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
8005 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
8006 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
8007 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
8008 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
8009 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
8010 fragment entirely.)
8011
8012 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
8013 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
8014 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
8015
8016 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
8017 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
8018 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
8019 FileDescriptorName= setting.
8020
8021 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
8022 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
8023 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
8024 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
8025 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
8026 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
8027
8028 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
8029 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
8030
8031 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
8032 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
8033
8034 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
8035 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
8036 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
8037 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
8038 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
8039
8040 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
8041 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
8042 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
8043 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8044 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
8045 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
8046 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
8047 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
8048 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
8049 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
8050 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
8051 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
8052 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
8053 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
8054 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8055 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
8056 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
8057 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
8058 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
8059 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
8060 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
8061 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
8062 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
8063 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
8064 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8065 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8066
8067 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
8068
8069 CHANGES WITH 231:
8070
8071 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
8072 with an additional special character as first argument of the
8073 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
8074 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
8075 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
8076 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
8077 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
8078 independently.
8079
8080 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
8081 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
8082
8083 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
8084 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
8085 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
8086 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
8087 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
8088 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
8089 values.
8090
8091 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
8092 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
8093 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
8094 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
8095 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
8096
8097 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
8098 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
8099 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
8100 7:10am every day.
8101
8102 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
8103 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
8104 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
8105 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
8106 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
8107 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
8108 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
8109 available for compatibility.
8110
8111 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
8112 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
8113 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
8114 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
8115 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
8116 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
8117
8118 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
8119 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
8120 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
8121 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
8122 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
8123 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
8124 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
8125 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
8126 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
8127
8128 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
8129 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
8130 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
8131 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
8132 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
8133 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
8134 desired options.
8135
8136 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
8137 cgroup v2.
8138
8139 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
8140 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
8141 limited to subgroups of that group.
8142
8143 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
8144 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
8145 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
8146 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
8147 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
8148 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
8149 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
8150 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
8151
8152 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
8153 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
8154 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
8155 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
8156 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
8157 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
8158 own long-running services.
8159
8160 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
8161 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
8162 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
8163 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
8164
8165 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
8166 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
8167 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
8168 propagates this notification further to the service manager
8169 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
8170 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
8171 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
8172 primitives.
8173
8174 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
8175 "terminate".
8176
8177 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
8178 link-local IPv6 addresses.
8179
8180 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
8181 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
8182 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
8183 --flush-caches".
8184
8185 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
8186 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
8187 is shown.
8188
8189 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
8190 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
8191 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
8192 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
8193 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
8194 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
8195
8196 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
8197 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
8198 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
8199 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
8200 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
8201 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
8202 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
8203 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
8204 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
8205 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
8206 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
8207 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
8208 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
8209 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
8210 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
8211 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
8212 bus API instead.
8213
8214 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
8215 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
8216 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
8217 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
8218
8219 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
8220 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
8221 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
8222 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
8223
8224 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
8225 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
8226 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
8227
8228 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
8229 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
8230
8231 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
8232 interface configuration.
8233
8234 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
8235 specifying the --force switch.
8236
8237 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
8238 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
8239 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
8240
8241 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8242 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8243 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8244 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8245 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8246 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8247 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8248 to be handled.
8249
8250 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8251 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8252
8253 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8254 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8255
8256 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8257 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8258 of persistent symlinks for that device.
8259
8260 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8261 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8262
8263 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8264 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8265 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8266 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8267 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8268 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8269 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8270 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8271 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8272 library.
8273
8274 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8275 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8276 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8277 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8278 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8279 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8280 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8281 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8282 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8283 doc/HACKING for details.
8284
8285 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8286 distribution's bugtracker.
8287
8288 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8289 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8290 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8291 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8292 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8293 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8294 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8295 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8296 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8297 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8298 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8299 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8300 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8301 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8302 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8303 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8304 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8305 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8306 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8307
8308 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8309
8310 CHANGES WITH 230:
8311
8312 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8313 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8314 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8315 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8316 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8317 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8318 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8319 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8320 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8321 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8322 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8323 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8324 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8325 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8326 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8327 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8328 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8329 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8330 applications.)
8331
8332 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8333 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8334 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8335
8336 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8337 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8338 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8339 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8340 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8341 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8342 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8343
8344 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8345 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8346 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8347 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8348 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8349 command works for tmux.
8350
8351 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8352 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8353 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8354 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8355 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8356 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8357
8358 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8359 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8360
8361 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8362 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8363 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8364
8365 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8366
8367 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8368 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8369 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8370 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8371 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8372
8373 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8374 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8375 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8376 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8377
8378 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8379 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8380 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8381 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8382 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8383 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8384
8385 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8386 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
8387 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
8388
8389 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
8390 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
8391 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
8392 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
8393 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
8394 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
8395
8396 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
8397 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
8398 address.
8399
8400 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
8401 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
8402 should be emitted.
8403
8404 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
8405 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
8406 supported.
8407
8408 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
8409 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
8410 logging performance.
8411
8412 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8413 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
8414 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
8415 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
8416 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
8417 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
8418
8419 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
8420 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
8421 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
8422 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
8423
8424 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
8425 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
8426
8427 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
8428 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
8429 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
8430
8431 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
8432
8433 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
8434 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8435 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
8436 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
8437
8438 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
8439 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
8440 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
8441 refuse to operate on such files.
8442
8443 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
8444 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
8445 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
8446
8447 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
8448 just hidden container images.
8449
8450 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
8451 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
8452
8453 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
8454 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
8455 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
8456 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
8457 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
8458 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
8459 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
8460 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
8461 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
8462 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
8463 been changed to use this functionality by default.
8464
8465 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
8466 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
8467 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
8468 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
8469 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
8470 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
8471 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
8472 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
8473 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
8474 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
8475 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
8476 terminates.
8477
8478 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8479 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
8480 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
8481 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
8482
8483 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
8484 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
8485 rate of the socket unit.
8486
8487 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
8488 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
8489 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
8490 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
8491 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
8492
8493 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
8494 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
8495 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
8496 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
8497 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
8498 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
8499 with this.
8500
8501 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
8502 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
8503
8504 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
8505 merged into the kernel in its current form.
8506
8507 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
8508 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
8509 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
8510 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
8511 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
8512
8513 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
8514 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
8515 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
8516
8517 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
8518 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
8519 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
8520 target is now included in early userspace.
8521
8522 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
8523 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
8524 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
8525 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
8526 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
8527 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
8528 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
8529 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
8530 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
8531 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
8532 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
8533 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
8534 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
8535 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
8536 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
8537 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
8538 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
8539 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
8540 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
8541 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8542 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
8543 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
8544 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
8545 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
8546 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8547 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8548
8549 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
8550
8551 CHANGES WITH 229:
8552
8553 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
8554 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
8555 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
8556 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
8557 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
8558 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
8559 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
8560 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
8561 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
8562 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
8563 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
8564 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
8565 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
8566
8567 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
8568 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
8569 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
8570 /usr/bin.
8571
8572 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
8573 devices.
8574
8575 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
8576 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
8577 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
8578 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
8579 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
8580 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
8581 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
8582 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
8583 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
8584 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
8585 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
8586 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
8587 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
8588 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
8589 this limit.
8590
8591 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
8592 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
8593 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
8594 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
8595 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
8596 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
8597 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
8598 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
8599
8600 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
8601 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
8602 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
8603 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
8604 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
8605 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
8606 and group at package installation time.
8607
8608 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
8609 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
8610 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
8611 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
8612 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
8613
8614 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
8615 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
8616 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
8617 supports it.
8618
8619 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
8620 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
8621
8622 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
8623 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
8624 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
8625 file is already initialized.
8626
8627 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
8628 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
8629 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
8630 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
8631 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
8632 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
8633 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
8634 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
8635 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
8636
8637 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
8638 working directory for the process started in the container.
8639
8640 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
8641 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
8642 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
8643 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
8644 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
8645
8646 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8647 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
8648 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
8649
8650 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
8651 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
8652 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
8653 sd_journal_restart_fields().
8654
8655 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8656 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
8657 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
8658 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
8659 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
8660
8661 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8662 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
8663 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
8664 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
8665
8666 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
8667 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
8668 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
8669 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
8670 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
8671 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
8672 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
8673 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
8674 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
8675 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
8676 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
8677 by PID 1.
8678
8679 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
8680 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
8681 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
8682 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
8683 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
8684 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
8685 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
8686 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
8687
8688 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
8689
8690 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8691 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
8692 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
8693
8694 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
8695 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
8696 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
8697 recent kernels.
8698
8699 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
8700 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
8701
8702 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
8703 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
8704 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
8705 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
8706 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
8707 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
8708 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
8709 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
8710 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
8711 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8712 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
8713 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
8714 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
8715
8716 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8717 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
8718 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
8719 clusters or larger setups.
8720
8721 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
8722
8723 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
8724 sockets.
8725
8726 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
8727
8728 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
8729 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
8730 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
8731 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
8732 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
8733 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
8734
8735 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
8736 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
8737 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
8738
8739 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
8740 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
8741 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
8742 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
8743
8744 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
8745
8746 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
8747 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
8748 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
8749 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
8750 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
8751 maintain compatibility.
8752
8753 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
8754 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
8755 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
8756 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
8757 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
8758 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
8759 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
8760 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
8761 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
8762 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
8763 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
8764 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8765 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
8766 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
8767 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
8768 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
8769 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8770 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
8771 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8772
8773 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
8774
8775 CHANGES WITH 228:
8776
8777 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
8778 files are now also available as properties to set when
8779 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
8780 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
8781 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
8782 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
8783 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8784 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
8785 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
8786
8787 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
8788 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
8789 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
8790
8791 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
8792 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
8793 created transiently.
8794
8795 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
8796 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
8797 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
8798 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
8799 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
8800 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
8801 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
8802 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
8803
8804 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
8805 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
8806 disk and sync the files, before returning.
8807
8808 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
8809 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
8810 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
8811 enabled.
8812
8813 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
8814 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
8815 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
8816 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
8817 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
8818 subvolumes.
8819
8820 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
8821 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
8822
8823 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
8824 individual indexes.
8825
8826 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
8827 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
8828 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
8829 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
8830 now.
8831
8832 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
8833 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
8834 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
8835 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
8836 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
8837 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
8838 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
8839 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
8840 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
8841 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
8842 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
8843 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
8844 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
8845 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
8846 number of processes or tasks each user may own
8847 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
8848 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
8849 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
8850 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
8851 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
8852 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
8853
8854 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
8855 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
8856 links between the host and the container.
8857
8858 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
8859 added that allows importing select environment variables
8860 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
8861 the service.
8862
8863 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
8864 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
8865 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
8866 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
8867 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
8868 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
8869 than until they first elapse.
8870
8871 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
8872 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
8873 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
8874 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
8875 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
8876 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
8877 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
8878 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
8879
8880 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
8881 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
8882 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
8883 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
8884 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
8885 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
8886 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
8887 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
8888 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
8889 journal and in coredump handling.
8890
8891 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
8892 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
8893 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
8894 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
8895 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
8896 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
8897 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
8898 software you package still references it, as this is a
8899 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
8900 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
8901
8902 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
8903
8904 Note that only util-linux versions built with
8905 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
8906
8907 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
8908 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
8909 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
8910
8911 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
8912 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
8913 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
8914 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
8915 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
8916 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
8917 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
8918 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
8919 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
8920 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
8921 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
8922 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
8923 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
8924 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
8925 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
8926 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
8927
8928 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
8929 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
8930 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
8931 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
8932 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
8933 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
8934 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
8935 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
8936 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
8937 surprises.
8938
8939 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
8940 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
8941 to the various user database fields of the user that the
8942 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
8943 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
8944 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
8945 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
8946 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
8947 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
8948 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
8949 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
8950 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
8951 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
8952 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
8953 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
8954 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
8955 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
8956 of PID 1 is the root user).
8957
8958 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
8959 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
8960 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8961 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
8962 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8963 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
8964 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8965 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
8966 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8967 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
8968 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
8969 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
8970 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8971 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
8972 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8973
8974 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
8975
8976 CHANGES WITH 227:
8977
8978 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
8979 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
8980 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
8981
8982 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
8983 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
8984 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
8985 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
8986 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
8987 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
8988
8989 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
8990 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
8991 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
8992 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
8993 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
8994
8995 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
8996 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
8997 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
8998 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
8999 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
9000 packets on unestablished sockets.
9001
9002 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
9003 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
9004 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
9005 automatically.
9006
9007 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
9008 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
9009 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
9010
9011 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
9012 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
9013 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
9014 for disk IO.
9015
9016 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
9017 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
9018 removed.
9019
9020 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
9021 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
9022 directory is set to the home directory of the user
9023 configured in User=.
9024
9025 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
9026 directory of the selected user by default.
9027
9028 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
9029 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
9030 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
9031 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
9032 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
9033 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
9034 compat reasons.
9035
9036 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
9037 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
9038 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
9039 units.
9040
9041 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
9042 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
9043 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
9044 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
9045 level.
9046
9047 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
9048 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
9049 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
9050 namespaces work correctly.
9051
9052 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
9053 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
9054 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
9055 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
9056 activation.
9057
9058 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
9059 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
9060 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
9061 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
9062 system instance in a container.
9063
9064 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
9065 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
9066 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
9067 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
9068 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
9069 connections.
9070
9071 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
9072 show the control groups within a certain container only.
9073
9074 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
9075 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
9076 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
9077 processes attached, or similar.
9078
9079 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
9080 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
9081 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
9082
9083 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
9084 specifiers like %i or %f.
9085
9086 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
9087 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
9088 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
9089 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
9090
9091 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
9092 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
9093 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
9094 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
9095 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
9096 descriptors using sd_notify().
9097
9098 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
9099
9100 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
9101 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
9102
9103 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
9104 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
9105
9106 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
9107 .network files.
9108
9109 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
9110 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
9111 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
9112 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
9113 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
9114 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
9115 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
9116 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
9117 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
9118 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
9119 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
9120 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
9121 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
9122 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
9123 gdm-autologin is used.
9124
9125 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
9126 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
9127 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
9128 next to the image file.
9129
9130 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
9131 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
9132 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
9133 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
9134
9135 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
9136 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
9137 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
9138 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
9139 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
9140 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
9141
9142 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
9143 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
9144 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
9145 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
9146 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
9147 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
9148 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
9149 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
9150 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
9151 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
9152 number of files in place.
9153
9154 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
9155 on kernels where that is supported.
9156
9157 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
9158
9159 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
9160 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
9161 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
9162 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9163 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
9164 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
9165 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
9166 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
9167 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
9168 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
9169 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
9170 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9171 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
9172 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
9173 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
9174 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9175 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
9176 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
9177
9178 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
9179
9180 CHANGES WITH 226:
9181
9182 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
9183 new features:
9184
9185 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
9186 information. It may be enabled and configured via
9187 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
9188 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
9189 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
9190 is any) is propagated.
9191
9192 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
9193 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
9194 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
9195 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
9196 information is enabled between host and containers by
9197 default now: the container will change its local timezone
9198 to what the host has set.
9199
9200 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
9201 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
9202
9203 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
9204 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
9205 information back, even if the server loses state.
9206
9207 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
9208 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
9209 PoolSize=.
9210
9211 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
9212 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
9213 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
9214 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
9215
9216 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
9217 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
9218 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
9219 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
9220 'dbus-daemon' systems.
9221
9222 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
9223 for virtio devices.
9224
9225 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
9226 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
9227 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
9228 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
9229 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
9230 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
9231 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
9232 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
9233 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
9234 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
9235 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
9236 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
9237 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
9238 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
9239 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
9240 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
9241 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9242 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9243 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9244 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9245 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9246 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9247 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9248 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9249 grants them.
9250
9251 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9252 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9253 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9254 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9255 group tree.
9256
9257 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9258 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9259 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9260 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9261 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9262 work correctly in containers now.
9263
9264 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9265 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9266
9267 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9268 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9269 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9270 function call is particularly useful when implementing
9271 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9272
9273 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9274 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9275 signal events.
9276
9277 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9278 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9279 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9280 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9281
9282 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9283 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9284 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9285 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9286 nspawn command line.
9287
9288 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9289 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9290 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9291 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9292 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9293 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9294 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9295 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9296
9297 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9298
9299 CHANGES WITH 225:
9300
9301 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9302 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9303 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9304 shell directly without prompting for username or
9305 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9306 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9307 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9308 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9309 the originating session.
9310
9311 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9312 options and allows other programs to query the values.
9313
9314 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9315 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9316 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9317 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9318 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9319 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9320 probably not stabilize on this release.
9321
9322 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9323 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9324 messages.
9325
9326 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9327 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9328 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9329
9330 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9331 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9332
9333 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9334 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9335 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9336 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9337 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9338 posteriori.
9339
9340 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9341 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9342
9343 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9344 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9345 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9346 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9347 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9348 "lastlog" tools.
9349
9350 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9351 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9352 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9353 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9354 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9355
9356 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9357 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9358 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9359 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9360 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9361 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9362 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9363 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9364 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9365 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9366 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9367 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9368
9369 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9370
9371 CHANGES WITH 224:
9372
9373 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9374 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9375
9376 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9377 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9378 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9379
9380 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9381 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9382 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9383
9384 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9385
9386 CHANGES WITH 223:
9387
9388 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
9389 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
9390 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
9391 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9392
9393 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
9394 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
9395
9396 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
9397 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
9398
9399 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
9400
9401 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
9402 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
9403 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
9404
9405 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
9406 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
9407 decapsulated packet.
9408
9409 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
9410 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
9411 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
9412 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
9413 netlink attribute.
9414
9415 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
9416 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
9417 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
9418 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
9419
9420 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
9421 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
9422 according to RFC2460.
9423
9424 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
9425 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
9426
9427 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
9428 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
9429 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
9430
9431 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
9432 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
9433 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
9434 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
9435 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
9436 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
9437
9438 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
9439 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9440 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
9441 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9442 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9443 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
9444 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
9445 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
9446 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
9447 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9448
9449 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
9450
9451 CHANGES WITH 222:
9452
9453 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
9454 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
9455 or should be used to work around such bugs.
9456
9457 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
9458 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
9459
9460 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
9461 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
9462 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
9463 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
9464 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
9465
9466 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
9467 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
9468 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
9469
9470 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
9471 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
9472 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
9473 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
9474 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
9475
9476 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9477
9478 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
9479 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
9480 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
9481 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
9482 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
9483 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9484 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
9485 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
9486 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9487 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9488
9489 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
9490
9491 CHANGES WITH 221:
9492
9493 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
9494 stable and have been added to the official interface of
9495 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
9496 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
9497 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
9498 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
9499 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
9500 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
9501 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
9502 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
9503 portable to other kernels.
9504
9505 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
9506 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
9507 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
9508 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
9509 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
9510 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
9511 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
9512 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
9513 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
9514 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
9515 systemd enabled.
9516
9517 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
9518 2.26.
9519
9520 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
9521 favor of calling an abstraction tool
9522 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
9523 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
9524 in README for details.
9525
9526 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
9527 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
9528 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
9529 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
9530 unit.
9531
9532 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
9533 into man pages.
9534
9535 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
9536 external project.
9537
9538 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
9539 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
9540
9541 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
9542 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
9543 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
9544 state.
9545
9546 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
9547 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
9548 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
9549
9550 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
9551 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
9552 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
9553 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
9554 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
9555 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
9556 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
9557 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
9558 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
9559 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9560 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
9561 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
9562 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
9563 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9564 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
9565 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9566
9567 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
9568
9569 CHANGES WITH 220:
9570
9571 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
9572 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
9573 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
9574 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
9575 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
9576 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
9577 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
9578 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
9579
9580 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
9581 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
9582 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
9583 service consumed). This value is only available if
9584 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
9585 in the "systemctl status" output.
9586
9587 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
9588 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
9589 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
9590 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
9591 previously was already the default behaviour).
9592
9593 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
9594 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
9595 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
9596
9597 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
9598 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
9599 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
9600 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
9601
9602 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
9603 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
9604 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
9605 journaling file systems that support external journal
9606 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
9607 systems to be mounted.
9608
9609 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
9610 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
9611 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
9612 stable release this should not be problematic.
9613
9614 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
9615 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
9616 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
9617 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
9618 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
9619
9620 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
9621 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
9622 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
9623 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
9624 network switches.
9625
9626 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
9627 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
9628
9629 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
9630 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
9631 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
9632
9633 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
9634
9635 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
9636 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
9637 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
9638 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
9639 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
9640 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
9641 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
9642 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
9643 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
9644 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
9645 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
9646 been fixed in v220.
9647
9648 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
9649 systemd-networkd.
9650
9651 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
9652 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
9653 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
9654 containers started from the command line.
9655
9656 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
9657 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
9658
9659 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
9660 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
9661 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
9662 indirection via a pseudo tty.
9663
9664 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
9665 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
9666 when shutting down.
9667
9668 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
9669 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
9670 overlayfs support.
9671
9672 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
9673 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
9674 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
9675 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
9676 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
9677 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
9678 images are imported via systemd-importd.
9679
9680 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
9681 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
9682 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
9683
9684 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
9685 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
9686 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
9687 of v1 as before).
9688
9689 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
9690 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
9691
9692 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
9693 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
9694 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
9695 without further privileges or authorization.
9696
9697 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
9698 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
9699 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
9700 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
9701 accessible via a bus interface.
9702
9703 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
9704 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
9705 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
9706 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
9707 to cover this functionality.
9708
9709 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
9710 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
9711 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
9712 disabled/masked also stopped.
9713
9714 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
9715 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
9716 updated to support systemd-boot.
9717
9718 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
9719 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
9720 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
9721 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
9722 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
9723 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
9724 like this and can extract OS release information from them
9725 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
9726 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
9727
9728 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
9729 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
9730 system.
9731
9732 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
9733 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
9734 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
9735 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
9736
9737 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
9738 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
9739 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
9740 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
9741
9742 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
9743 stick devices has been added.
9744
9745 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
9746 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
9747
9748 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
9749 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
9750 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
9751 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
9752 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
9753
9754 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
9755 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
9756 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
9757
9758 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
9759 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
9760 Debian.
9761
9762 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
9763 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
9764 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
9765
9766 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
9767 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
9768 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
9769 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
9770 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
9771 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
9772 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
9773 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9774 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
9775 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
9776 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9777 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
9778 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
9779 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
9780 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
9781 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
9782 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
9783 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9784 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
9785 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
9786 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
9787 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
9788 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
9789 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
9790 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
9791 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
9792 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9793
9794 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
9795
9796 CHANGES WITH 219:
9797
9798 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
9799 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
9800 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
9801 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
9802 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
9803 interface with and update the database.
9804
9805 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
9806 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
9807 before bytewise copying is done.
9808
9809 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
9810 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
9811 directory, and immediately removed when the container
9812 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
9813 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
9814 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
9815 for starting a container off the root file system of the
9816 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
9817 available on btrfs file systems.
9818
9819 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
9820 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
9821 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
9822 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
9823 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
9824 systems.
9825
9826 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
9827 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
9828 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
9829 mount point remains.
9830
9831 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
9832 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
9833 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
9834 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
9835 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
9836 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
9837 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
9838 are disabled.
9839
9840 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
9841 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
9842 container to the host or vice versa.
9843
9844 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
9845 mount host directories into local containers. This is
9846 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
9847
9848 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
9849 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
9850
9851 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
9852 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
9853 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
9854 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
9855 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
9856 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
9857 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
9858 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
9859 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
9860 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
9861 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
9862 make the functionality of importd available to the
9863 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
9864 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
9865 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
9866 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
9867 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
9868 only fully supported on btrfs.
9869
9870 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
9871 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
9872 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
9873 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
9874 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
9875 information about images.
9876
9877 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
9878 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
9879 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
9880 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
9881 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
9882 legacy file systems).
9883
9884 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
9885 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
9886 shown in networkctl output.
9887
9888 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
9889 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
9890 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
9891 processes as system services while interactively
9892 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
9893 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
9894 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
9895 full login session, the difference being that the former
9896 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
9897 setup.
9898
9899 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
9900 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
9901 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
9902 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
9903 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
9904
9905 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
9906 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
9907 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
9908 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
9909 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
9910 via qemu/kvm.
9911
9912 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
9913 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
9914 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
9915 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
9916 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
9917 disk images, too.
9918
9919 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
9920 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
9921 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
9922 integrate with that.
9923
9924 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
9925 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
9926 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
9927 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
9928
9929 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
9930 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
9931 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
9932
9933 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
9934 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
9935 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
9936 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
9937 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
9938 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
9939 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
9940 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
9941 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
9942 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
9943
9944 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
9945 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
9946 files.
9947
9948 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
9949 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
9950 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
9951 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
9952 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
9953 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
9954 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
9955 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
9956 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
9957 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
9958 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
9959 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
9960 explicitly turned on.
9961
9962 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
9963 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
9964 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
9965 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
9966
9967 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
9968 supported.
9969
9970 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
9971 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
9972 user/session following the status output. Similar,
9973 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
9974 associated with a virtual machine or container
9975 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
9976 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
9977 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
9978 output however.)
9979
9980 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
9981 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
9982 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
9983 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
9984 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
9985 caller's session/user.
9986
9987 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
9988 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
9989 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
9990 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
9991 user services.
9992
9993 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
9994 same way as unit files.
9995
9996 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
9997 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
9998 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
9999 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
10000 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
10001 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
10002 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
10003 the host.
10004
10005 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
10006 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
10007 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
10008 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
10009 the host as if their services were running directly on the
10010 host.
10011
10012 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
10013 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
10014 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
10015 updated to make use of it too by default.
10016
10017 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
10018 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
10019 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
10020 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
10021
10022 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
10023 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
10024 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
10025 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
10026 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
10027 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
10028 modification.
10029
10030 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
10031 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
10032 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
10033 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
10034 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
10035 information about Touchpad types.
10036
10037 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
10038 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
10039
10040 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
10041 Policy link field.
10042
10043 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
10044 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
10045
10046 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
10047 ACLs on files.
10048
10049 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
10050 tmpfs, automatically.
10051
10052 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
10053 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
10054 status" output, if available.
10055
10056 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
10057 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
10058 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
10059 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
10060 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
10061 run on next reboot.
10062
10063 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
10064 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
10065 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
10066 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
10067 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
10068 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
10069 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
10070
10071 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
10072 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
10073 after a configurable timeout.
10074
10075 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
10076 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
10077 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
10078 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
10079 it non-idle.
10080
10081 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
10082 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
10083
10084 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
10085 each .network interface in networkd.
10086
10087 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
10088 in .network files.
10089
10090 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
10091 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
10092
10093 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
10094 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
10095 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
10096 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
10097 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
10098 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
10099 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
10100 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
10101 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
10102 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
10103 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
10104 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10105 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
10106 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
10107 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
10108 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
10109 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
10110 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
10111 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
10112 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10113 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
10114 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
10115 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
10116 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10117
10118 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
10119
10120 CHANGES WITH 218:
10121
10122 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
10123 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
10124 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
10125 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
10126
10127 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
10128 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
10129 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
10130 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
10131 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
10132
10133 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
10134
10135 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
10136 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
10137 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
10138 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
10139 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
10140 modified configuration after editing.
10141
10142 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
10143 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
10144 system preset files.
10145
10146 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
10147 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
10148 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
10149 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
10150 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
10151 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
10152 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
10153 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
10154 other contexts.
10155
10156 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
10157 inhibitors.
10158
10159 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
10160 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
10161 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
10162 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
10163 managers.
10164
10165 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
10166 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
10167 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
10168 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
10169 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
10170 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
10171 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
10172 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
10173 parallel to journald.
10174
10175 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
10176 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
10177 available.
10178
10179 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
10180 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
10181 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
10182 or are not older than the specified time.
10183
10184 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
10185 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
10186 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
10187 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
10188
10189 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
10190 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
10191 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
10192 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
10193 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
10194 communication.
10195
10196 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
10197 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
10198 services.
10199
10200 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
10201 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
10202 including their signature and values. This is particularly
10203 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
10204 the new "busctl tree" command.
10205
10206 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
10207 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
10208 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
10209 friendly way.
10210
10211 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
10212 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
10213 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
10214 race-ful way.
10215
10216 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
10217 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
10218 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
10219 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
10220 --link-journal=try-guest.
10221
10222 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
10223 stable MAC addresses.
10224
10225 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
10226 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
10227 the respective unit shall use.
10228
10229 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
10230 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
10231 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
10232 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
10233
10234 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
10235 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
10236 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
10237 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
10238 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
10239 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
10240
10241 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10242 details see:
10243
10244 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10245
10246 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10247 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10248 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10249 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10250 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
10251 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10252 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10253 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10254 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10255 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
10256 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10257 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10258
10259 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10260 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10261 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10262 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10263 bluetooth, …) is used.
10264
10265 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10266 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10267 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10268 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10269 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10270 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10271 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10272 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10273
10274 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10275 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10276 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10277 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10278 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10279 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10280 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10281 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10282 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10283 interface.
10284
10285 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10286 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10287 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10288 luks.name= argument.
10289
10290 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10291 (this was previously already available for scope and service
10292 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10293 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10294 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10295 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10296
10297 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10298 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10299 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10300
10301 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10302 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10303 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10304 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10305 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10306 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10307 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10308 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10309 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10310 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10311 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10312 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10313 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10314 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10315 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10316 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10317 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10318 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10319
10320 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10321
10322 CHANGES WITH 217:
10323
10324 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10325 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10326 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10327 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10328
10329 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10330 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10331 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10332 now waits until the operation is complete.
10333
10334 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10335 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10336 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10337 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10338 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10339 connection.
10340
10341 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10342 commands anymore.
10343
10344 * User units are now loaded also from
10345 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10346 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10347 supported, but is under the control of the user.
10348
10349 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10350 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10351 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10352 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10353 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10354 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10355 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10356 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10357 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10358 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10359 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10360 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10361 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10362 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10363 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10364 question.
10365
10366 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10367 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10368 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10369
10370 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10371 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10372 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10373 command line to trigger resume.
10374
10375 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10376 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10377 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10378 Desktop=systemd-console.
10379
10380 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10381 systemd-networkd.
10382
10383 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10384 from the information provided by the networking stack
10385 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10386
10387 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
10388 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
10389
10390 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
10391 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
10392 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
10393
10394 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
10395
10396 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
10397 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
10398 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
10399 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
10400 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
10401 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
10402
10403 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
10404 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
10405 respected.
10406
10407 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
10408 virtualization.
10409
10410 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
10411 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
10412 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
10413 on.
10414
10415 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
10416
10417 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
10418
10419 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
10420 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
10421 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
10422 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
10423 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
10424 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
10425 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
10426
10427 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
10428 available for service units, that allows locking all service
10429 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
10430 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
10431 from the service's view entirely.
10432
10433 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
10434 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
10435
10436 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
10437 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
10438 session.
10439
10440 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
10441 legacy-free systems.
10442
10443 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
10444 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
10445 easily.
10446
10447 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
10448 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
10449 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
10450 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
10451 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
10452 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
10453 option.
10454
10455 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
10456 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
10457 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
10458 /usr.
10459
10460 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
10461 services, not only the main process.
10462
10463 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
10464 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
10465 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
10466 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
10467 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
10468
10469 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
10470 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
10471 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
10472 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
10473 directly from now on, again.
10474
10475 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
10476 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
10477 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
10478 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
10479 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
10480 enabling and disabling.
10481
10482 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
10483 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
10484 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
10485 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
10486 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
10487 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
10488 unnecessary or unlikely.
10489
10490 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
10491 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
10492 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
10493 "annually", "hourly", …).
10494
10495 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
10496 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
10497 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
10498 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
10499 overwritten at runtime.
10500
10501 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
10502 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
10503 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
10504 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
10505 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
10506 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
10507 segmentation fault.
10508
10509 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
10510 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
10511 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10512 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
10513 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
10514 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
10515 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
10516 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
10517 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
10518 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10519 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10520 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10521 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
10522 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
10523 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
10524 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
10525 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
10526 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
10527 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10528 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10529 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
10530 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10531
10532 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
10533
10534 CHANGES WITH 216:
10535
10536 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
10537 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
10538 implementations should add a
10539
10540 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
10541
10542 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
10543 default functionality.
10544
10545 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
10546 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
10547 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
10548 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
10549 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
10550 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
10551 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
10552 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
10553 files might need to be owned by them. A new
10554 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
10555 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
10556 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
10557 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
10558
10559 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
10560 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
10561 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
10562 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
10563 added eventually, too.
10564
10565 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
10566 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
10567 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
10568 new command to update these fields.
10569
10570 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
10571 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
10572 have been discovered via DHCP.
10573
10574 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
10575 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
10576 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
10577 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
10578 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
10579 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
10580 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
10581 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
10582 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
10583 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
10584 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
10585 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
10586 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
10587 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
10588 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
10589 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
10590 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
10591 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
10592 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
10593 implementation to systemd-resolved.
10594
10595 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
10596 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
10597 containers to their respective IP addresses.
10598
10599 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
10600 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
10601 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
10602 and present it to the user in a very friendly
10603 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
10604 control utility for networkd.
10605
10606 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
10607 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
10608 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
10609 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
10610 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
10611 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
10612 (NoDelay=).
10613
10614 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
10615 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
10616
10617 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
10618 be started only after time-sync.target has been
10619 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
10620 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
10621 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
10622 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
10623
10624 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
10625 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
10626 of the link.
10627
10628 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
10629 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
10630
10631 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
10632 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
10633
10634 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
10635 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
10636 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
10637 for DHCP.
10638
10639 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
10640 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
10641 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
10642 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
10643 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
10644 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
10645 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
10646 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
10647
10648 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
10649 validation of unit files.
10650
10651 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
10652 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
10653 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
10654 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
10655 address may now be configured.
10656
10657 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
10658 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
10659 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
10660 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
10661
10662 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
10663 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
10664
10665 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
10666 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
10667 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
10668 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
10669
10670 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
10671 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
10672 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
10673 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
10674 implementation.
10675
10676 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
10677 journal data to a remote system running
10678 systemd-journal-remote.
10679
10680 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
10681 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
10682 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
10683 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
10684 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
10685 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
10686 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
10687 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
10688 version, you have to turn this option on again
10689 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
10690
10691 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
10692 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
10693 better than XZ which was the previous default.
10694
10695 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
10696 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
10697
10698 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
10699 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
10700
10701 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
10702 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
10703 "systemctl status" output for a service.
10704
10705 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
10706 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
10707 hostname, root password) interactively on first
10708 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
10709 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
10710
10711 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
10712
10713 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
10714
10715 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
10716 when primary addresses are removed.
10717
10718 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
10719 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
10720 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
10721 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
10722 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
10723 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
10724 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10725 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10726 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
10727 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
10728 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
10729 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
10730 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
10731 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
10732 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10733
10734 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
10735
10736 CHANGES WITH 215:
10737
10738 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
10739 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
10740 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
10741 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
10742 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
10743 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
10744 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
10745 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
10746 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
10747 require.
10748
10749 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
10750 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
10751
10752 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
10753 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
10754 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
10755 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
10756 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
10757 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
10758 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
10759
10760 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
10761 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
10762 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
10763 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
10764 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
10765 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
10766 update or reset should use this condition and order
10767 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
10768 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
10769 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
10770 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
10771 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
10772 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
10773 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
10774 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
10775 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
10776
10777 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
10778
10779 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
10780 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
10781 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
10782 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
10783
10784 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
10785 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
10786 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
10787 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
10788 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
10789 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
10790 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
10791 .network files using settings of this section should be
10792 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
10793 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
10794
10795 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
10796 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
10797
10798 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
10799 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
10800 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
10801 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
10802 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
10803 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
10804 of nspawn instances.
10805
10806 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
10807 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
10808 added.
10809
10810 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
10811 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
10812 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
10813 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
10814 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
10815 configuration stored in /etc.
10816
10817 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
10818 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
10819 parsing of unknown mount options.
10820
10821 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
10822 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
10823 it already exist and not already be the correct
10824 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
10825 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
10826 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
10827 pre-existing files of different types.
10828
10829 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
10830 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
10831 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
10832 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
10833 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
10834 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
10835 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
10836
10837 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
10838 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
10839 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
10840 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
10841 shall be executed.
10842
10843 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
10844 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
10845 example whether it is fully up and running.
10846
10847 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
10848 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
10849 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
10850 reset.
10851
10852 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
10853 most basic services systemd ships by default.
10854
10855 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
10856 field for defining the default instance to create if a
10857 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
10858
10859 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
10860 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
10861 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
10862
10863 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
10864 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
10865 access to this group.
10866
10867 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
10868 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
10869 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
10870 to the journal.
10871
10872 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
10873 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
10874 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
10875 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
10876 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
10877 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
10878
10879 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
10880 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
10881 that makes sure to only show information about the most
10882 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
10883 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
10884 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
10885 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
10886 the old name to the new name.
10887
10888 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
10889 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
10890 coredumpctl without restrictions.
10891
10892 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
10893 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
10894 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
10895 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
10896 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
10897 "systemd-debug-generator".
10898
10899 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
10900 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
10901 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
10902 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
10903 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
10904 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
10905 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
10906 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
10907 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
10908 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
10909 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
10910
10911 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
10912 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
10913 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
10914 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
10915 been added to query many of these paths for the local
10916 machine and user.
10917
10918 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
10919 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
10920 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
10921 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
10922 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
10923
10924 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
10925 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
10926 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
10927 couple of drop-in directories.
10928
10929 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
10930 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
10931 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
10932 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
10933 for dev_port.
10934
10935 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
10936 container (read from /etc/os-release and
10937 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
10938 "machinectl status" for a machine.
10939
10940 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
10941 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
10942 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
10943 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
10944 Restart= setting.
10945
10946 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
10947 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
10948 directly connect to a specific container on the
10949 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
10950 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
10951 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
10952 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
10953 containers is a privileged operation.
10954
10955 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
10956 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
10957 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
10958 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
10959 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10960 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
10961 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10962 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
10963 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
10964 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
10965 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
10966 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10967
10968 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
10969
10970 CHANGES WITH 214:
10971
10972 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
10973 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
10974 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
10975 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
10976 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
10977 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
10978 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
10979 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
10980 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
10981 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
10982 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
10983 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
10984 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
10985 devices are excluded from this logic.
10986
10987 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
10988 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
10989 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
10990 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
10991 change has been released.
10992
10993 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
10994 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
10995 libattr is thus unnecessary.
10996
10997 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
10998 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
10999 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
11000 with fewer privileges.
11001
11002 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
11003 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
11004 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
11005 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
11006
11007 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
11008 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
11009
11010 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
11011 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
11012
11013 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
11014 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
11015 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
11016
11017 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
11018 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
11019 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
11020 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
11021 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
11022 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
11023
11024 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
11025 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
11026 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
11027
11028 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
11029 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
11030 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
11031 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
11032 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
11033 modifications of user data or system files from
11034 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
11035 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
11036
11037 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
11038 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
11039 and FIFOs in the file system.
11040
11041 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
11042 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
11043 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
11044
11045 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
11046 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
11047 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
11048 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
11049 the socket itself.
11050
11051 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
11052 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
11053 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
11054 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
11055 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
11056 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
11057 symlinks, and nothing else.
11058
11059 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
11060 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
11061 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
11062 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
11063 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
11064 process (for example, the parent process). The
11065 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
11066 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
11067 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
11068 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
11069 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
11070 messages to services when the originating process already
11071 vanished.
11072
11073 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
11074 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
11075 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
11076 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
11077 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
11078 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
11079 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
11080 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
11081 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
11082 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
11083 all long-running services.
11084
11085 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
11086 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
11087 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
11088 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
11089 service.
11090
11091 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
11092 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
11093 applied to all submounts, too.
11094
11095 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
11096
11097 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
11098 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
11099 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
11100 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
11101 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
11102 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
11103 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
11104
11105 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
11106 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
11107 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
11108 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
11109 (domU) domains.
11110
11111 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
11112 files or entire directories.
11113
11114 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
11115 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
11116 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
11117 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
11118 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
11119
11120 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
11121 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
11122 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
11123 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
11124 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
11125 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
11126 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
11127 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
11128 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
11129 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
11130 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
11131 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
11132
11133 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
11134 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
11135 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
11136 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
11137
11138 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
11139 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
11140 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
11141 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
11142 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
11143 non-directories.
11144
11145 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
11146 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
11147 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
11148
11149 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
11150 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
11151 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
11152 this group.
11153
11154 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
11155 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
11156 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
11157 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
11158 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11159 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
11160 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11161
11162 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
11163
11164 CHANGES WITH 213:
11165
11166 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
11167 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
11168 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
11169 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
11170 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
11171 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
11172 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
11173 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
11174 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
11175 client should be more than appropriate for most
11176 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
11177 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
11178 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
11179 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
11180 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
11181 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
11182 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
11183 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
11184 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
11185 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
11186 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
11187
11188 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
11189 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
11190 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
11191 part of a different namespace.
11192
11193 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
11194 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
11195 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
11196 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
11197
11198 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
11199 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
11200 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
11201
11202 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
11203 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
11204 when a service fails. This works similarly to
11205 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
11206 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
11207 restart the service in question.
11208
11209 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
11210 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
11211 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
11212 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
11213 details when running non-locally.
11214
11215 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
11216 graphs it generates.
11217
11218 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
11219 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
11220 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
11221 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
11222 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
11223
11224 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
11225
11226 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
11227 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
11228 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
11229 what it was on SysV systems.
11230
11231 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
11232 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
11233
11234 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
11235 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
11236 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
11237
11238 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
11239 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
11240 to show these addresses in its output.
11241
11242 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11243 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11244 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11245 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11246 preferred over a text one.
11247
11248 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11249 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11250 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11251 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11252 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11253 mDNS cache.
11254
11255 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11256 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11257 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11258 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11259 of network configuration performed in some other way.
11260
11261 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11262 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11263 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11264 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11265 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11266
11267 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11268 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11269 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11270 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11271 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11272 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11273 overrides any other settings.
11274
11275 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11276 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11277 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11278 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11279 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11280 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11281 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11282 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11283 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11284 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11285 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11286 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11287 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11288 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11289 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11290 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11291 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11292
11293 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11294
11295 CHANGES WITH 212:
11296
11297 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11298 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11299 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11300 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11301 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11302 by accident.
11303
11304 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11305 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11306 registered with machined.
11307
11308 * sd-login gained new calls
11309 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11310 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11311 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11312 counterparts.
11313
11314 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11315 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11316 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11317 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11318 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11319 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11320 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11321 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11322 once.
11323
11324 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11325 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11326 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11327
11328 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11329 units on all local containers, when used with the
11330 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11331 executed when no parameters are specified).
11332
11333 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11334 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11335 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11336 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11337
11338 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11339 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11340 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11341 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11342 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11343 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11344
11345 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11346 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11347 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11348 of the container.
11349
11350 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11351 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11352 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11353 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11354 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11355 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11356 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11357 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11358
11359 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11360 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11361 instead of /.
11362
11363 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11364 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11365 emergency messages now.
11366
11367 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11368 journal log messages across the network.
11369
11370 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11371 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11372 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11373 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11374 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11375 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11376 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11377
11378 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11379 down a local OS container.
11380
11381 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11382 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11383 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11384
11385 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11386 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
11387 this is appropriate.
11388
11389 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
11390 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
11391 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
11392
11393 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
11394 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
11395 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
11396 for debugging purposes.
11397
11398 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
11399 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
11400 in seconds.
11401
11402 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
11403 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
11404 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
11405 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
11406 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
11407 like on traditional inetd.
11408
11409 * A new system.conf configuration option
11410 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
11411 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
11412
11413 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
11414 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
11415 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
11416 do these days).
11417
11418 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
11419 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
11420 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
11421 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
11422 could not take place because the system was powered off.
11423 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
11424
11425 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
11426 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
11427 it will be triggered.
11428
11429 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
11430 addresses to its local interfaces.
11431
11432 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
11433 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
11434 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
11435 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
11436 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
11437 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
11438 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
11439 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
11440 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11441
11442 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
11443
11444 CHANGES WITH 211:
11445
11446 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
11447 added to restrict which socket address families unit
11448 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
11449 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
11450 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
11451 is built on seccomp system call filters.
11452
11453 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
11454 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
11455 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
11456 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
11457 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
11458 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
11459 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
11460 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
11461 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
11462
11463 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
11464 matching against device group names.
11465
11466 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
11467 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
11468 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
11469 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
11470 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
11471 though.
11472
11473 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
11474 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
11475 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
11476 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
11477 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11478 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
11479 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
11480 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
11481 systems prepared appropriately.
11482
11483 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
11484 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
11485 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11486 (see above). This means that installations made with
11487 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
11488 deployed using container managers, completely
11489 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
11490 this feature soon, too.)
11491
11492 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
11493 set up a private macvlan interface for the
11494 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
11495 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
11496
11497 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
11498 using IPv4LL.
11499
11500 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
11501 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
11502 systemd-networkd.
11503
11504 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
11505 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
11506 still not a public API though (unless you specify
11507 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
11508 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
11509
11510 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
11511 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
11512 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
11513 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
11514 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
11515 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
11516 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
11517 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
11518 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
11519 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
11520 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
11521 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
11522 users.
11523
11524 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
11525 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
11526 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
11527 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
11528 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
11529 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
11530 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
11531 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
11532 due to a closed lid.
11533
11534 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
11535 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
11536 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
11537 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
11538 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
11539 order to then act as suspend blocker.
11540
11541 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
11542 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
11543 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
11544 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
11545 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
11546
11547 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
11548 now also work in --scope mode.
11549
11550 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
11551 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
11552 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
11553 promises are made.)
11554
11555 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
11556 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11557 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
11558 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
11559 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
11560 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
11561 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
11562 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
11563 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
11564 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11565
11566 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
11567
11568 CHANGES WITH 210:
11569
11570 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
11571 according to SMACK rules.
11572
11573 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
11574 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
11575
11576 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
11577 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
11578 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
11579
11580 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
11581 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
11582 and machine ID.
11583
11584 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
11585 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
11586 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
11587 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
11588 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
11589 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
11590 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
11591 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
11592 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
11593 backpack or similar.
11594
11595 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
11596 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
11597 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
11598 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
11599 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
11600 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
11601 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
11602 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
11603 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
11604 this on its own.
11605
11606 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
11607 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
11608 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
11609 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
11610
11611 * We will now ship a default .network file for
11612 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
11613 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
11614 --network-bridge= switches.
11615
11616 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
11617 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
11618 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
11619 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
11620 metrics, according to what is customary according to
11621 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
11622 each configuration option.
11623
11624 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
11625 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
11626 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
11627 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
11628 at once.
11629
11630 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
11631 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
11632 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
11633 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
11634 triggered by other work being done in the program.
11635
11636 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
11637 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
11638 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
11639 default however.
11640
11641 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
11642 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
11643 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
11644 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
11645 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
11646 them with systemd-networkd.
11647
11648 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
11649 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
11650 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
11651 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
11652 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
11653 is drastically increased, but given that these are
11654 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
11655 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
11656 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
11657 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
11658 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
11659 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
11660 during a transitional period!
11661
11662 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
11663 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
11664
11665 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
11666 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11667 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
11668 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
11669 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11670 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
11671 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
11672 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11673
11674 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
11675
11676 CHANGES WITH 209:
11677
11678 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
11679 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
11680 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
11681 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
11682 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
11683 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
11684 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
11685 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
11686 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
11687 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
11688 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
11689 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
11690
11691 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
11692 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
11693 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
11694 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
11695 machines and the like.
11696
11697 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
11698 shutdown/boot.
11699
11700 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
11701 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
11702
11703 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
11704 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
11705 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
11706 prepared for additional security frameworks.
11707
11708 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
11709 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
11710 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
11711 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
11712 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
11713 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
11714
11715 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
11716 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
11717 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
11718 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
11719 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
11720 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
11721 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
11722 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
11723 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
11724
11725 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
11726 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
11727
11728 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
11729 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
11730 implementation.
11731
11732 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
11733 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
11734 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
11735 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
11736 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
11737 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
11738 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
11739 and .service units.
11740
11741 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
11742 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
11743 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
11744
11745 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
11746 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
11747 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
11748 nothing makes use of it.
11749
11750 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
11751 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
11752 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
11753
11754 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
11755 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
11756 compatibility purposes.
11757
11758 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
11759 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
11760 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
11761 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
11762 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
11763 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
11764 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
11765 process handling.
11766
11767 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
11768 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
11769 style to "sd-bus.h".
11770
11771 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
11772 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
11773 "systemd-networkd".
11774
11775 * There is a new kernel command line option
11776 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
11777 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
11778 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
11779 are not restored.
11780
11781 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
11782 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
11783 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
11784 PID1's support for that anymore.
11785
11786 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
11787 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
11788
11789 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
11790 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
11791 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
11792 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
11793 container that is registered with machined, such as those
11794 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
11795
11796 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
11797 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
11798 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
11799 onto remote systems.
11800
11801 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
11802 login in any local container. This works with any container
11803 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
11804 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
11805
11806 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
11807 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
11808 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
11809 system of some kind.
11810
11811 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
11812 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
11813 next.
11814
11815 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
11816 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
11817 reboot() system call.
11818
11819 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
11820 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
11821 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
11822 still available but not advertised anymore.
11823
11824 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
11825 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
11826 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
11827 within each Unit.
11828
11829 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
11830 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
11831 the kernel).
11832
11833 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
11834 timestamps (following the setting in
11835 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
11836
11837 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
11838 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
11839
11840 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
11841 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
11842
11843 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
11844 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
11845 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
11846
11847 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
11848 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
11849 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
11850 the full configuration is shown.
11851
11852 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
11853 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
11854 those commands which take multiple unit names.
11855
11856 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
11857
11858 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
11859 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
11860
11861 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
11862 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
11863 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
11864 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
11865
11866 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
11867 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
11868 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
11869 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
11870
11871 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
11872 of the legend text.
11873
11874 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
11875 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
11876 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
11877 remote sessions.
11878
11879 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
11880 information of SDIO devices.
11881
11882 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
11883 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
11884 the system manager.
11885
11886 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
11887 short description of the connection parameters in the
11888 description.
11889
11890 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
11891 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
11892 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
11893 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
11894 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
11895 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
11896 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
11897
11898 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
11899 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
11900 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
11901 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
11902 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
11903 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
11904 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
11905 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
11906 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
11907
11908 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
11909 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
11910 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
11911 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
11912 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
11913 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
11914 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
11915 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
11916 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
11917 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
11918 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
11919 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
11920 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
11921 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
11922 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
11923 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
11924 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
11925 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
11926 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
11927 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
11928 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
11929 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
11930 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
11931
11932 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
11933 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
11934 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
11935 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
11936 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
11937 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
11938 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
11939 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
11940 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
11941 that you are aware of the instability of the current
11942 APIs.
11943
11944 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
11945 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
11946 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
11947 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
11948 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
11949 declare the APIs stable.
11950
11951 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
11952 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
11953 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
11954 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
11955 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
11956 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
11957 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
11958 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
11959 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
11960 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
11961 one of them is updated.
11962
11963 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
11964 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
11965 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
11966 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
11967 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
11968
11969 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
11970 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
11971 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
11972 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
11973 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
11974 entry points.
11975
11976 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
11977 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
11978 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
11979 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
11980 been disabled at compile-time.
11981
11982 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
11983 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
11984 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
11985 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
11986
11987 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
11988 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
11989 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
11990
11991 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
11992 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
11993 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
11994
11995 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
11996 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
11997 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
11998
11999 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
12000 remains until jobs expire.
12001
12002 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
12003 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
12004 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
12005 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
12006 all remaining processes of the service.
12007
12008 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
12009 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
12010 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
12011 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
12012 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
12013 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
12014 manager process which created them takes no further
12015 responsibilities for it.
12016
12017 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
12018 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
12019 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
12020 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
12021 marked executable or world-writable.
12022
12023 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
12024 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
12025 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
12026 "--setenv=" for consistency.
12027
12028 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
12029 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
12030 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
12031 independent of the host.
12032
12033 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
12034 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
12035 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
12036 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
12037
12038 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
12039 with specific SELinux labels set.
12040
12041 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
12042 any additional output but the container's own console
12043 output.
12044
12045 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
12046 container without PID namespacing enabled.
12047
12048 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
12049 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
12050 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
12051 OS images, but only specific apps.
12052
12053 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
12054 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
12055 results in registration of the unit service itself in
12056 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
12057
12058 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
12059 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
12060 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
12061 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
12062 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
12063 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
12064
12065 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
12066 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
12067 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
12068 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
12069 units to use.
12070
12071 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
12072 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
12073 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
12074 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
12075
12076 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
12077 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
12078 context for a service.
12079
12080 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
12081 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
12082 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
12083 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
12084 influence this logic.
12085
12086 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
12087 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
12088 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
12089 other things.
12090
12091 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
12092 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
12093 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
12094 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
12095 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
12096 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
12097 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
12098 architectures). There is also a global
12099 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
12100 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
12101
12102 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
12103 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
12104
12105 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
12106 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
12107 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12108 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
12109 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
12110 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
12111 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
12112 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
12113 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
12114 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
12115 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
12116 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12117 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12118 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
12119 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12120 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
12121 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
12122 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
12123 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
12124 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
12125 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12126 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
12127 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
12128 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12129
12130 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
12131
12132 CHANGES WITH 208:
12133
12134 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
12135 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
12136 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
12137 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
12138 access input and drm devices which are normally
12139 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
12140 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
12141 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
12142 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
12143 session switching without allowing background sessions to
12144 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
12145 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
12146 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
12147
12148 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
12149 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
12150 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
12151
12152 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
12153 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
12154 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
12155 kernel version number.
12156
12157 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
12158 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
12159 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
12160
12161 * This release removes high-level support for the
12162 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
12163 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
12164 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
12165 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
12166
12167 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
12168 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
12169 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
12170 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
12171 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
12172 cgroup system.
12173
12174 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
12175 messages containing the slice a message was generated
12176 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
12177 logs among other things.
12178
12179 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
12180 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
12181 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
12182 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
12183 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
12184 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
12185 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
12186 journald which would be necessary to resolve
12187 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
12188 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
12189 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
12190 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
12191 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
12192 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
12193 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
12194 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
12195 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
12196 not delayed until next reboot.
12197
12198 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
12199 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
12200 systemd generated files in one directory.
12201
12202 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
12203 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
12204 performance information if that's available to determine how
12205 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
12206 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
12207 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
12208
12209 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
12210 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
12211 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
12212 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12213 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
12214 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
12215 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12216
12217 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
12218
12219 CHANGES WITH 207:
12220
12221 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
12222 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
12223 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
12224 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
12225
12226 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
12227 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
12228 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
12229 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
12230 specified on the kernel command line less important.
12231
12232 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
12233 retrieve the VT number of a session.
12234
12235 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
12236 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
12237 maximum number of tries.
12238
12239 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
12240 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12241 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12242
12243 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12244 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12245
12246 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12247 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12248 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12249
12250 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12251 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12252 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12253
12254 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12255 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12256 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12257 and type).
12258
12259 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12260 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12261
12262 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12263 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12264 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12265 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12266
12267 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12268 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12269 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12270 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12271 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12272 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12273 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12274 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12275
12276 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12277 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12278 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12279 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12280
12281 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12282 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12283 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12284 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12285 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12286 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12287 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12288
12289 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12290 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12291
12292 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12293 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12294 automatically after the process terminated.
12295
12296 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12297 certain paths from operation.
12298
12299 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12300 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12301 is received.
12302
12303 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12304 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12305 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12306 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12307 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12308 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12309 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12310 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12311 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12312 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12313 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12314 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12315 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12316
12317 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12318
12319 CHANGES WITH 206:
12320
12321 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12322 concepts introduced with 205.
12323
12324 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12325 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12326 -r".
12327
12328 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12329 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12330 --state= parameter.
12331
12332 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12333 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12334 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12335 the journal.
12336
12337 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12338 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12339 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12340
12341 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12342 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12343 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12344 browsing logs from that point on.
12345
12346 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12347 of an FSS key.
12348
12349 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12350 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12351 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12352 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12353 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12354 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12355 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12356 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12357 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12358 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12359 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12360 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12361 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12362 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12363
12364 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12365 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12366 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12367 backing module right-away.
12368
12369 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12370 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12371
12372 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12373 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12374
12375 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12376 set of processes in the message metadata.
12377
12378 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12379
12380 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12381 support for passing performance data via environment
12382 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12383 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12384 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12385 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12386 deserialize it again.
12387
12388 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
12389 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
12390 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
12391 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
12392
12393 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
12394 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
12395 completely silent shutdown when used.
12396
12397 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
12398 option in .socket units.
12399
12400 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
12401 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
12402 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
12403 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
12404 system.slice as before.
12405
12406 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
12407
12408 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
12409 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
12410 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12411 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
12412 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
12413 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
12414 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12415
12416 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
12417
12418 CHANGES WITH 205:
12419
12420 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
12421
12422 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
12423 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
12424 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
12425 possible for system services and applications to group their
12426 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
12427 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
12428 together, or apply resource limits on them.
12429
12430 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
12431 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
12432 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
12433 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
12434 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
12435
12436 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
12437 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
12438 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
12439 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
12440
12441 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
12442 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
12443 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
12444 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
12445 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
12446 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
12447 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
12448 and useful as a general batch manager.
12449
12450 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
12451 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
12452 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
12453 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
12454 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
12455 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
12456 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
12457 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
12458 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
12459 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
12460
12461 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
12462 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
12463 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
12464 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
12465 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
12466 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
12467 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
12468 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
12469 is compile-time optional.
12470
12471 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
12472 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
12473 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
12474 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
12475 well as slice units.
12476
12477 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
12478 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
12479 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
12480 but will be extended later on to make more properties
12481 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
12482 command that wraps this call.
12483
12484 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
12485 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
12486 while configuring a number of settings via the command
12487 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
12488 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
12489 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
12490 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
12491
12492 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
12493 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
12494 off audit.
12495
12496 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
12497 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
12498
12499 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
12500 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
12501 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
12502 and system logs.
12503
12504 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
12505 snippets extending unit files.
12506
12507 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
12508 not available as public API.
12509
12510 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
12511 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
12512 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
12513
12514 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
12515 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
12516 controls what to boot into by default.
12517
12518 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
12519 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
12520
12521 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
12522 generators needed for execution, as well as information
12523 about the unit file loading.
12524
12525 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
12526 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
12527 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
12528 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
12529 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
12530 racy due to journal file rotation.
12531
12532 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
12533 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
12534 all services.
12535
12536 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
12537 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
12538 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
12539 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
12540 system services want to log events about specific client
12541 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
12542 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
12543 unit is requested.
12544
12545 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
12546 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
12547 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
12548 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
12549 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
12550 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12551 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
12552 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
12553 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
12554 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
12555 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12556 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
12557 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
12558
12559 CHANGES WITH 204:
12560
12561 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
12562 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
12563
12564 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
12565 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
12566 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
12567
12568 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
12569 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12570
12571 CHANGES WITH 203:
12572
12573 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
12574 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
12575
12576 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
12577 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
12578 fields, including the root directory.
12579
12580 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
12581 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
12582 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
12583 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
12584 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
12585 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
12586 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
12587 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
12588 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
12589 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
12590 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
12591
12592 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
12593 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
12594
12595 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
12596 have taken an inhibitor lock.
12597
12598 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
12599 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
12600 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
12601 the local hostname.
12602
12603 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
12604 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
12605 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
12606 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
12607 VMs/containers coming and going.
12608
12609 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
12610 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
12611 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
12612
12613 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
12614 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
12615 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
12616 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
12617
12618 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
12619 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
12620 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
12621
12622 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
12623 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
12624 services. With the container's root directory in
12625 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
12626 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
12627
12628 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
12629 the processes within a certain container.
12630
12631 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
12632 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
12633 check though. Patches welcome!
12634
12635 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
12636 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
12637 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
12638 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
12639 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
12640
12641 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
12642 the passed argument if applicable.
12643
12644 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12645 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
12646 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
12647 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12648 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
12649 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
12650 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12651 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12652
12653 CHANGES WITH 202:
12654
12655 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
12656 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
12657 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
12658 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
12659 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
12660 units activate.
12661
12662 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
12663 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
12664 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
12665 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
12666 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
12667 for now, and not installable.
12668
12669 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
12670 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
12671 can run in conjunction with udev.
12672
12673 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
12674 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
12675 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
12676 session manager.
12677
12678 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
12679 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
12680 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
12681 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
12682 services, user processes and containers/virtual
12683 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
12684 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
12685 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
12686 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
12687 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
12688 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
12689
12690 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
12691
12692 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
12693 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
12694 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
12695 logical expressions.
12696
12697 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
12698 switches.
12699
12700 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
12701 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
12702 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
12703 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
12704 the user.
12705
12706 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
12707 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
12708 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
12709 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
12710 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
12711 an entry.
12712
12713 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
12714 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12715 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
12716 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12717 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
12718 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12719
12720 CHANGES WITH 201:
12721
12722 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
12723 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
12724 directory.
12725
12726 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
12727 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
12728 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
12729 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
12730 problem.
12731
12732 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
12733 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
12734 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
12735 before the key file is attempted to be read.
12736
12737 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
12738 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
12739
12740 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
12741 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
12742 files in this context are files such as
12743 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
12744
12745 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
12746 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
12747 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
12748 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
12749 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
12750 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
12751
12752 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
12753 hostnames.
12754
12755 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
12756 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
12757 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
12758 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
12759 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
12760 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
12761 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
12762 all time-related output of systemd.
12763
12764 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
12765 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
12766 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
12767 loops.
12768
12769 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
12770 (models, layouts, variants, options).
12771
12772 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
12773 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
12774 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
12775 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
12776 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
12777
12778 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
12779 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
12780 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
12781 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
12782 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
12783 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
12784 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
12785
12786 CHANGES WITH 200:
12787
12788 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
12789 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
12790 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
12791 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
12792 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
12793 middle ground between physical and access time order.
12794
12795 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
12796 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
12797 images.
12798
12799 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
12800 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
12801 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12802
12803 CHANGES WITH 199:
12804
12805 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
12806
12807 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
12808 security policy.
12809
12810 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12811 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
12812 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
12813 shared by all processes of a service (which means
12814 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
12815 the same service can still access). When a service is
12816 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
12817 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
12818 this though).
12819
12820 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
12821 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
12822 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
12823 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
12824 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
12825 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
12826
12827 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
12828 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
12829
12830 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
12831 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
12832
12833 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
12834
12835 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
12836 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
12837 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
12838 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
12839 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
12840
12841 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
12842 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
12843 system is to be mounted.
12844
12845 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
12846 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
12847 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
12848 purpose for socket units.
12849
12850 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
12851 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
12852
12853 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
12854 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
12855 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
12856 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
12857 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
12858
12859 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
12860 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
12861 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12862 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12863 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
12864 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
12865 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12866 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12867 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12868
12869 CHANGES WITH 198:
12870
12871 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
12872 files without having to edit/override the unit files
12873 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
12874 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
12875 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
12876 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
12877 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
12878 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
12879 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
12880 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
12881 unit files locally: copying the files from
12882 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
12883 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
12884 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
12885 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
12886 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
12887 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
12888 for them too.
12889
12890 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
12891 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
12892 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
12893 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
12894 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
12895 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
12896 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
12897 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
12898 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
12899
12900 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
12901 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
12902
12903 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
12904 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
12905 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
12906 other users.
12907
12908 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
12909 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
12910 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
12911 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
12912 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
12913 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
12914 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
12915 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
12916 management logic is also available to other programs via the
12917 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
12918 supported.
12919
12920 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
12921 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
12922 the foreground VT.
12923
12924 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
12925 call.
12926
12927 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
12928 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
12929 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
12930 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
12931 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
12932 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
12933 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
12934 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
12935 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
12936 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
12937 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
12938 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
12939 also been removed.
12940
12941 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
12942 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
12943 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
12944 objects themselves.
12945
12946 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
12947
12948 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
12949 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
12950 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
12951 to how this is supported in shells.
12952
12953 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
12954 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
12955 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
12956 user systemd instance.
12957
12958 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
12959 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
12960 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
12961 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
12962 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
12963 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
12964 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
12965 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
12966 one day for good in the kernel.
12967
12968 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
12969 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
12970 container.
12971
12972 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
12973 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
12974 the host into the container.
12975
12976 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
12977 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
12978 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
12979 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
12980 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
12981 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
12982
12983 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
12984
12985 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
12986 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
12987 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
12988 configured to be mounted there.
12989
12990 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
12991 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
12992 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
12993 system resume events.
12994
12995 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
12996 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
12997 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
12998 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
12999
13000 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
13001 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
13002 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
13003 card).
13004
13005 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
13006 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
13007 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
13008
13009 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
13010 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
13011 later "change" event.
13012
13013 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
13014 now carry a message ID.
13015
13016 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
13017 continues to be work in progress.
13018
13019 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
13020 root directory to operate relative to.
13021
13022 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
13023 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
13024 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
13025 times a little.
13026
13027 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
13028 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
13029 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
13030 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
13031 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
13032 request boot into firmware operations.
13033
13034 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
13035 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
13036 correctly in initrds.
13037
13038 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
13039 compile time optional via a configure switch.
13040
13041 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
13042 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
13043
13044 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
13045 the status of all active or failed units.
13046
13047 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
13048 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
13049 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
13050 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
13051 requests more robust.
13052
13053 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
13054 reading journal files.
13055
13056 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
13057 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
13058
13059 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
13060
13061 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
13062 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
13063
13064 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
13065 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
13066 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
13067 socket activation in daemons.
13068
13069 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
13070 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
13071
13072 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
13073 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
13074 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
13075
13076 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
13077 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
13078 system units.
13079
13080 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
13081 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
13082 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
13083
13084 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
13085 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
13086 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
13087 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
13088 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
13089 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
13090 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
13091 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
13092 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
13093 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
13094 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
13095 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
13096 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
13097 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
13098 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
13099 package installation time.
13100
13101 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
13102 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
13103 scripts need to create these system user/group at
13104 installation time.
13105
13106 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
13107 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
13108
13109 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
13110
13111 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
13112 available.
13113
13114 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
13115 load SMACK policies at early boot.
13116
13117 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
13118 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
13119 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
13120 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
13121 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13122 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
13123 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
13124 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
13125 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
13126 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
13127 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
13128 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
13129 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
13130 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
13131
13132 CHANGES WITH 197:
13133
13134 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
13135 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
13136 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
13137 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
13138 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
13139 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
13140 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
13141 the supported calendar time specification language see
13142 systemd.time(7).
13143
13144 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
13145 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
13146 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
13147 document for details:
13148
13149 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
13150
13151 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
13152 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
13153 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
13154 implementations around and minimal in its code and
13155 dependencies.
13156
13157 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
13158 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
13159 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
13160 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
13161 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
13162 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
13163 with a configure switch.
13164
13165 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
13166 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
13167 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
13168 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
13169 such as ext4.
13170
13171 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
13172 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
13173 identities are attached to the devices as well.
13174
13175 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
13176 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
13177
13178 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
13179 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
13180 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
13181 using only core OS tools.
13182
13183 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
13184 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
13185 implementation of socket activated nspawn
13186 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
13187 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
13188 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
13189 eventually.
13190
13191 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
13192 presenting log data.
13193
13194 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
13195 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
13196
13197 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
13198 system on idle.
13199
13200 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
13201 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
13202 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
13203 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
13204 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
13205 information if possible.
13206
13207 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
13208 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
13209 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
13210
13211 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
13212 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
13213 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
13214 is running on battery power.
13215
13216 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
13217 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
13218 is in the "failed" state.
13219
13220 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
13221 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
13222 environment files at once.
13223
13224 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
13225 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
13226 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
13227 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
13228 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
13229 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
13230 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
13231 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
13232 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
13233 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
13234 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
13235 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
13236 pieces of code locally from the git history.
13237
13238 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
13239 log the unit name in the message meta data.
13240
13241 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13242 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13243
13244 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13245 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13246 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13247 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13248 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13249 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13250 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13251 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13252 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13253 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13254 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13255 shipped from us upstream.
13256
13257 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13258 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13259 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13260 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13261 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13262 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13263 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13264 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13265 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13266 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13267 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13268 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13269 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13270
13271 CHANGES WITH 196:
13272
13273 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13274 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13275 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13276 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13277 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13278 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13279 becoming the one central database for non-essential
13280 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13281 database was only attached to select devices, since the
13282 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13283 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13284 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13285 data for all devices where this is available, by
13286 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13287 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13288 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13289 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13290 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13291 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13292
13293 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13294 indexed database to link up additional information with
13295 journal entries. For further details please check:
13296
13297 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13298
13299 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13300 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13301 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13302 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13303 macro for this purpose.
13304
13305 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13306 Python logging framework.
13307
13308 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13309 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13310 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13311 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13312 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13313 time intervals.
13314
13315 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13316 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13317 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13318
13319 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13320 right-away on the selected coredump.
13321
13322 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13323 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13324 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13325
13326 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13327 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13328 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13329 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13330
13331 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13332 default.
13333
13334 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13335 SMACK security label.
13336
13337 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13338 daylight saving change.
13339
13340 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13341 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13342 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13343 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13344 distributions who still need support this to either continue
13345 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13346 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13347
13348 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13349 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13350 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13351 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13352 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13353 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13354 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13355
13356 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13357 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13358
13359 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13360 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13361 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13362 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13363 offline updating tools.
13364
13365 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13366 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13367 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13368 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13369 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13370 directories for packages to place various data files in.
13371
13372 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13373 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13374
13375 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13376 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13377 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13378 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13379 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13380 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13381 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13382 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13383 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13384
13385 CHANGES WITH 195:
13386
13387 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
13388 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
13389 units via --unit=/-u.
13390
13391 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
13392 right thing.
13393
13394 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
13395 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
13396 rotation.
13397
13398 * The journal will now index the available field values for
13399 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
13400 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
13401 completion of journalctl has been updated
13402 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
13403 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
13404
13405 * More service events are now written as structured messages
13406 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
13407
13408 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
13409 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
13410 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
13411 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
13412 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
13413 these settings from the command line now, especially since
13414 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
13415 completion.
13416
13417 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
13418 extract coredumps from the journal.
13419
13420 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
13421 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
13422 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
13423 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
13424 scratch their heads.
13425
13426 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
13427 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
13428
13429 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
13430 in immediate termination of systemd.
13431
13432 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
13433 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
13434
13435 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
13436 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
13437 mouse screen support has been added.
13438
13439 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
13440 Server-Sent-Events as output.
13441
13442 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
13443 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
13444 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
13445 "systemctl reload".
13446
13447 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
13448 -u" instead.
13449
13450 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
13451 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
13452 configured.
13453
13454 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
13455 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
13456
13457 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
13458 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
13459 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
13460 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
13461 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
13462 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
13463 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
13464
13465 CHANGES WITH 194:
13466
13467 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
13468 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
13469 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
13470 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
13471 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
13472 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
13473 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
13474 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
13475 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
13476 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
13477 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
13478 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
13479
13480 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
13481 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
13482 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13483
13484 CHANGES WITH 193:
13485
13486 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
13487 starting from the specified location in the journal.
13488
13489 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
13490 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
13491 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
13492
13493 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
13494 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
13495 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
13496 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
13497 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
13498 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
13499 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
13500
13501 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
13502 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
13503
13504 This will download the journal contents in a
13505 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
13506
13507 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
13508
13509 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
13510 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
13511 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
13512 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
13513 screenshot of this app in its current state:
13514
13515 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
13516
13517 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
13518 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
13519
13520 CHANGES WITH 192:
13521
13522 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
13523 too.
13524
13525 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
13526 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
13527 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
13528 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
13529 just start them.
13530
13531 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
13532 and line break accordingly.
13533
13534 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13535 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
13536
13537 CHANGES WITH 191:
13538
13539 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
13540 container environment, copying the host's timezone
13541 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
13542 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
13543 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
13544
13545 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
13546 will default to 10 if omitted.
13547
13548 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
13549 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
13550 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
13551 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
13552 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
13553
13554 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
13555 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
13556 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
13557 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
13558 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
13559 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
13560 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
13561
13562 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
13563 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
13564 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
13565 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
13566 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
13567 into two.
13568
13569 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
13570 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
13571
13572 CHANGES WITH 190:
13573
13574 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
13575 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
13576 "systemctl status".
13577
13578 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
13579 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
13580 system to another place in the same file system could not be
13581 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
13582 field.)
13583
13584 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
13585 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
13586 default.
13587
13588 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
13589 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
13590 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
13591 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
13592 in a container.
13593
13594 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
13595 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
13596 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
13597 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
13598 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
13599 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
13600
13601 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
13602 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
13603 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
13604 no-op.
13605
13606 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
13607 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
13608 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
13609 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
13610 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
13611
13612 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
13613 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
13614
13615 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
13616 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
13617 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
13618 command.
13619
13620 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
13621 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
13622 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
13623
13624 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
13625
13626 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
13627 multiple files at once.
13628
13629 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
13630 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
13631 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
13632 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
13633 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
13634 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
13635 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
13636
13637 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
13638 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
13639 now support specifiers as well.
13640
13641 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
13642 dir: %_presetdir.
13643
13644 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
13645 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
13646
13647 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
13648 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
13649 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
13650 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
13651 anymore.
13652
13653 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
13654 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
13655 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
13656 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
13657
13658 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
13659 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
13660 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
13661
13662 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
13663 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
13664 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
13665 sockets.
13666
13667 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
13668 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
13669 is changed.
13670
13671 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
13672 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
13673 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
13674 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
13675 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
13676 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
13677 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
13678
13679 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
13680
13681 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
13682 the unit file label and client process label into account.
13683
13684 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
13685 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
13686
13687 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
13688 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
13689 (%b).
13690
13691 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
13692 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
13693 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13694 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13695 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
13696 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13697 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13698
13699 CHANGES WITH 189:
13700
13701 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
13702 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
13703
13704 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
13705 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
13706 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
13707 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
13708 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
13709 syslog daemons again.
13710
13711 * The libudev API gained the new
13712 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
13713
13714 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
13715 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
13716 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
13717 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
13718
13719 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
13720 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
13721 container.
13722
13723 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
13724 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
13725 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
13726 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
13727 this explaining it in more detail.
13728
13729 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
13730 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
13731 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
13732 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
13733
13734 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
13735 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
13736 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
13737 journal files.
13738
13739 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
13740 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
13741 as container init process a lot more fun.
13742
13743 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
13744 entries.
13745
13746 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
13747 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
13748 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
13749 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
13750 different sets of services.
13751
13752 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
13753 failure state.
13754
13755 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
13756 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
13757 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13758
13759 CHANGES WITH 188:
13760
13761 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
13762 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
13763 tree a lot more organized.
13764
13765 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
13766 may be used to group services in a natural way.
13767
13768 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
13769 services.
13770
13771 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
13772 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
13773 filtering by log level now.
13774
13775 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
13776 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
13777 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
13778
13779 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
13780 command lines involving service unit names.
13781
13782 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
13783 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
13784
13785 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
13786 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
13787 and encodes structured information about the error number.
13788
13789 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
13790 option.
13791
13792 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
13793 a shutdown is cancelled.
13794
13795 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
13796 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
13797 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
13798 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
13799 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
13800
13801 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
13802 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
13803 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
13804 for display managers instead.
13805
13806 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
13807 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
13808 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
13809 protection, and suchlike.
13810
13811 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
13812 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
13813 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
13814 the service.
13815
13816 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
13817 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
13818 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
13819 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
13820 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
13821 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13822
13823 CHANGES WITH 187:
13824
13825 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
13826 pages.
13827
13828 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
13829 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
13830 data loss.
13831
13832 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
13833 option.
13834
13835 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
13836
13837 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
13838 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
13839
13840 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
13841 specific directory.
13842
13843 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
13844 messages of two different boots.
13845
13846 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
13847 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
13848 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
13849
13850 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
13851 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
13852 disjunctions.
13853
13854 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
13855 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
13856 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
13857
13858 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
13859 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
13860 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
13861
13862 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
13863 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
13864 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
13865 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
13866 speed things up a bit.
13867
13868 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
13869 header data of journal files.
13870
13871 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
13872 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
13873 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
13874
13875 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
13876 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
13877 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
13878 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
13879
13880 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13881
13882 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
13883 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
13884 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13885 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13886
13887 CHANGES WITH 186:
13888
13889 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
13890 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
13891 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
13892 prefixed with rd.
13893
13894 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
13895 automatically generated at boot. Use:
13896
13897 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
13898
13899 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
13900
13901 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
13902
13903 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
13904 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
13905 as well.
13906
13907 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
13908 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
13909 in all appropriate directories automatically.
13910
13911 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
13912 does the right thing. Example:
13913
13914 udevadm info /dev/sda
13915 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
13916
13917 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
13918 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
13919 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
13920 running.
13921
13922 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
13923 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
13924
13925 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
13926 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
13927
13928 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
13929 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
13930 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
13931 files.
13932
13933 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
13934 be stopped that is not loaded.
13935
13936 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
13937
13938 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
13939
13940 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
13941 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
13942 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
13943 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
13944
13945 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
13946 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
13947 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
13948 completed initialization.
13949
13950 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
13951
13952 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
13953 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
13954 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
13955 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
13956 distributions.
13957
13958 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
13959 always valid when services log to the journal via
13960 STDOUT/STDERR.
13961
13962 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
13963 command line options we understand.
13964
13965 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
13966 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
13967
13968 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
13969 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
13970
13971 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
13972 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
13973 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
13974 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
13975
13976 systemctl status /home
13977 systemctl status /dev/sda
13978
13979 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
13980 system.conf parsing.
13981
13982 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
13983 Manager object.
13984
13985 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
13986
13987 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
13988
13989 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
13990 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
13991 complete.
13992
13993 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
13994 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
13995 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
13996 systemd-fsck@.service.
13997
13998 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
13999 Manager object.
14000
14001 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
14002 work sensibly.
14003
14004 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
14005 we actually understand.
14006
14007 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
14008 additional capabilities to the container.
14009
14010 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
14011 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
14012 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
14013
14014 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
14015 the current boot only.
14016
14017 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
14018 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
14019
14020 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
14021 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
14022 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
14023 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
14024 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
14025
14026 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14027
14028 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
14029 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14030 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
14031 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
14032
14033 CHANGES WITH 185:
14034
14035 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
14036 available.
14037
14038 * Several new man pages have been added.
14039
14040 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
14041 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
14042 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
14043 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
14044
14045 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
14046 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
14047
14048 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
14049 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
14050 Matthias Clasen
14051
14052 CHANGES WITH 184:
14053
14054 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
14055 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
14056
14057 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
14058 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
14059 daemon.
14060
14061 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
14062 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
14063
14064 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
14065 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
14066 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
14067 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
14068
14069 CHANGES WITH 183:
14070
14071 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
14072 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
14073 and systemd's most recent version number.
14074
14075 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
14076 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
14077 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
14078 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
14079 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
14080 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
14081
14082 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
14083 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
14084 subsystems.
14085
14086 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
14087 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
14088 used to subscribe to events.
14089
14090 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
14091 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
14092 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
14093 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
14094 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
14095 forked by udev rules.
14096
14097 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
14098 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
14099 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
14100 it.
14101
14102 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
14103 udev_monitor_from_socket()
14104 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
14105 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
14106 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
14107
14108 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
14109 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
14110
14111 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
14112 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
14113 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
14114 the files to the new names on upgrade.
14115
14116 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
14117 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
14118 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
14119 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
14120 to be used as drop-in files.
14121
14122 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
14123 particular suspending and hibernating.
14124
14125 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
14126 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
14127 about this in more detail.
14128
14129 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
14130 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
14131 places). Distributions which have not converted these
14132 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
14133 from git history and add them downstream.
14134
14135 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
14136 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
14137 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
14138 units.
14139
14140 * All smaller setup units (such as
14141 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
14142 are run in a container and are skipped when
14143 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
14144 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
14145
14146 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
14147 integrated, for details see:
14148 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
14149
14150 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
14151 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
14152 messages.
14153
14154 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
14155 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
14156 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
14157 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
14158 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
14159
14160 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
14161 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
14162 for all units started by PID 1.
14163
14164 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
14165 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
14166 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
14167
14168 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
14169 of PID 1 anymore.
14170
14171 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
14172 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
14173 have not been read by systemd yet.
14174
14175 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
14176 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
14177 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
14178 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
14179 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
14180 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
14181
14182 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
14183 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
14184
14185 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
14186
14187 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
14188 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
14189 so sexy.
14190
14191 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
14192 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
14193 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
14194 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
14195 patterns.
14196
14197 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
14198 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
14199 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
14200 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
14201
14202 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
14203 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
14204
14205 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
14206 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
14207 in systemd now.
14208
14209 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
14210 ID on the command line.
14211
14212 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
14213 for an init system.
14214
14215 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
14216 vt100.
14217
14218 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
14219
14220 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
14221 components now have directories of their own.
14222
14223 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
14224
14225 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
14226 container in other hierarchies.
14227
14228 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
14229 system.conf.
14230
14231 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
14232
14233 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
14234 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
14235
14236 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
14237 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
14238
14239 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
14240 locally generated journal files.
14241
14242 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14243
14244 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14245
14246 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14247 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14248 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14249 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14250 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14251 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14252 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14253 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14254 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14255 Gundersen
14256
14257 CHANGES WITH 44:
14258
14259 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14260
14261 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14262 KVM or container configured UUID.
14263
14264 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14265
14266 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14267
14268 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14269 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14270
14271 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14272
14273 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14274 folks
14275
14276 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14277 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14278 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14279
14280 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14281 configuration
14282
14283 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14284 free fashion
14285
14286 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14287 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14288 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14289 automatically generated data.
14290
14291 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14292 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14293 however.
14294
14295 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14296 tarball.
14297
14298 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14299 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14300 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14301 Reding
14302
14303 CHANGES WITH 43:
14304
14305 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14306
14307 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
14308
14309 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14310
14311 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14312 normal user logins.
14313
14314 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14315 Biebl
14316
14317 CHANGES WITH 42:
14318
14319 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14320
14321 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14322 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14323 xsltproc.
14324
14325 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14326 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14327 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14328
14329 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14330 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14331 reboot can automatically be triggered.
14332
14333 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14334
14335 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14336 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14337 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14338
14339 CHANGES WITH 41:
14340
14341 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14342 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14343 package update.
14344
14345 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14346 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14347 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14348
14349 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14350 complete.
14351
14352 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14353 understood to set system wide environment variables
14354 dynamically at boot.
14355
14356 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14357
14358 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14359 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14360 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14361 files.
14362
14363 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14364 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14365 William Douglas
14366
14367 CHANGES WITH 40:
14368
14369 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14370
14371 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14372 "Result" D-Bus property.
14373
14374 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14375 the next few releases.)
14376
14377 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14378 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14379 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14380 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14381
14382 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14383 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14384 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14385
14386 CHANGES WITH 39:
14387
14388 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14389 bugfixes.
14390
14391 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
14392 resource usage.
14393
14394 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
14395 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
14396 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
14397 journals by the respective users.
14398
14399 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
14400 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
14401 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
14402
14403 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
14404 client for all entries.
14405
14406 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
14407
14408 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
14409 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
14410
14411 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
14412 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
14413 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
14414 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
14415
14416 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
14417 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
14418 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
14419
14420 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
14421 journal along with meta data.
14422
14423 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
14424 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
14425 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
14426
14427 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
14428 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
14429 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
14430
14431 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
14432
14433 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
14434 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
14435 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
14436 or fsck.
14437
14438 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
14439 requested with new -k switch.
14440
14441 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14442 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
14443
14444 CHANGES WITH 38:
14445
14446 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14447 bugfixes.
14448
14449 * The git repository moved to:
14450 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
14451 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
14452
14453 * First release with the journal
14454 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
14455
14456 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
14457 systemd-stdout-bridge.
14458
14459 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
14460
14461 * Many systemadm clean-ups
14462
14463 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
14464 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
14465 remote mounts.
14466
14467 * Added Mageia support
14468
14469 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
14470
14471 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
14472 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
14473 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
14474 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
14475 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
14476
14477 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
14478 of existing distributions.
14479
14480 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
14481 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
14482
14483 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
14484 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
14485 boot.
14486
14487 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
14488
14489 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
14490 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
14491 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
14492 among other things.
14493
14494 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
14495 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
14496
14497 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
14498
14499 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
14500 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
14501 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
14502
14503 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
14504 restored.
14505
14506 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
14507 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
14508 kmod
14509
14510 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
14511 of /usr/local by default.
14512
14513 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
14514 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
14515 in:
14516 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
14517
14518 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
14519 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
14520 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
14521 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
14522 supported anyway, and bad style).
14523
14524 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
14525 reloading of units together.
14526
14527 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
14528 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
14529 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14530 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
14531 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek